SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
POS AMI, 1995-12-20
Previous: LOUISIANA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO, POS AMI, 1995-12-20
Next: ARKANSAS TAX FREE PORTFOLIO, POS AMI, 1995-12-20



<PAGE>

        
     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 1995
         
                                                             File No. 811-8206



                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                      FORM N-1A


                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                        UNDER
                          THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940     X

        
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 2                       X
         
                          SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                        _____________________________________
                  (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)



                                  24 Federal Street
                             Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                           ________________________________
                       (Address of Principal Executive Offices)


          Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (617) 482-8260
                                   _______________   

                                 H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                    24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                    ______________________________________________
                       (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

        
         
<PAGE>






                                  EXPLANATORY NOTE

        
              This Registration Statement,  as amended,  has been  filed by  the
     Registrant pursuant to Section 8(b) of the Investment Company  Act of 1940,
     as amended.  However, interests in the Registrant have not been  registered
     under  the Securities Act  of 1933,  as amended  (the "1933  Act"), because
     such  interests will  be issued  solely in  private placement  transactions
     that do  not involve any  "public offering" within  the meaning of  Section
     4(2) of the  1933 Act.  Investments in  the Registrant may be made  only by
     investment  companies,  common  or  commingled  trust   funds,  or  similar
     organizations  or  entities  that are  "accredited  investors"  within  the
     meaning of Regulation D under the  1933 Act.  This Registration  Statement,
     as amended, does  not constitute an offer  to sell, or the  solicitation of
     an offer to buy, any interest in the Registrant.
         
<PAGE>






                                       PART A 

              Responses  to Items 1 through 3  and 5A have been omitted pursuant
     to Paragraph 4 of Instruction F of the General Instructions to Form N-1A.

     Item 4.  General Description of Registrant

        
              South  Carolina Tax  Free  Portfolio (effective  January  1, 1996,
     South   Carolina    Municipals   Portfolio)   (the   "Portfolio")    is   a
     non-diversified,   open-end  management   investment   company  which   was
     organized  as a trust  under the laws  of the State of  New York  on May 1,
     1992.   Interests in the Portfolio  are issued solely  in private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of  Section 4(2)  of  the Securities  Act of  1933,  as amended  (the "1933
     Act").  Investments in the  Portfolio may be made only by  U.S. and foreign
     investment  companies,  common  or  commingled  trust   funds,  or  similar
     organizations  or  entities  that are  "accredited  investors"  within  the
     meaning  of Regulation D under the 1933  Act.  This Registration Statement,
     as amended, does  not constitute an offer  to sell, or the  solicitation of
     an offer to buy, any "security" within the meaning of the 1933 Act.
         

        
              The Portfolio's investment objective  is to provide current income
     exempt from  regular federal income  tax and South  Carolina State personal
     income  taxes.  The  Portfolio currently seeks to  achieve its objective by
     investing primarily  in South Carolina  tax-exempt obligations (as  defined
     below) that are  rated at least investment  grade by a major  rating agency
     or, if unrated, are determined to be  of at least investment grade  quality
     by the Portfolio's investment adviser.
         

              Additional  information  about  the  investment  policies  of  the
     Portfolio  appears in  Part  B.   The Portfolio  is  not intended  to  be a
     complete investment  program, and  a prospective investor  should take into
     account  its objectives and other investments when considering the purchase
     of  an interest in the Portfolio.   The Portfolio cannot assure achievement
     of its investment objective.

     How the Portfolio Invests its Assets 

        
              The Portfolio currently seeks  to achieve its investment objective
     by  investing at  least  80% of  its net  assets  during periods  of normal
     market conditions in  debt obligations issued by or  on behalf of the State
     of South  Carolina and its  political subdivisions, and  the governments of
     Puerto  Rico, the U.S.  Virgin Islands and Guam,  the interest  on which is
     exempt from regular federal income tax, is not a tax preference item  under
     the  federal alternative  minimum  tax and  is  exempt from  South Carolina
     State personal  income  taxes  ("South Carolina  tax-exempt  obligations").
     The foregoing policy  is a fundamental policy  of the Portfolio,  which may

                                         A-1
<PAGE>






     not  be changed  unless  authorized  by a  vote  of  the investors  in  the
     Portfolio.  Proposed changes to the foregoing policy are described below.
         

        
              At  least 75%  of  the  Portfolio's net  assets will  normally  be
     invested  in obligations rated  at least  investment grade  at the  time of
     investment (which  are  those rated  Baa  or  higher by  Moody's  Investors
     Service, Inc.  ("Moody's") or  BBB or  higher by either  Standard &  Poor's
     ("S&P")  or  Fitch  Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Fitch"))  or, if  unrated,
     determined by  the Portfolio's  investment adviser,  Boston Management  and
     Research  (the "Investment Adviser" or "BMR"), to be of at least investment
     grade quality.   The balance of the Portfolio's  net assets may be invested
     in South Carolina  obligations (as  defined below)  rated below  investment
     grade  (but not lower  than B by Moody's,  S&P or Fitch)  and unrated South
     Carolina  obligations  considered  to  be  of  comparable  quality  by  the
     Investment Adviser.   South Carolina obligations rated Baa  or BBB may have
     speculative  characteristics.   Also,  changes  in economic  conditions  or
     other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to  make
     principal  and  interest   payments  than  in  the  case  of  higher  rated
     obligations.    Securities rated  below BBB  or Baa  are commonly  known as
     "junk bonds".   The Portfolio  may retain an obligation  whose rating drops
     below  B after its acquisition if such retention is considered desirable by
     the Portfolio's Investment Adviser.  See  "Additional Risk Considerations."
     For a  description of  municipal obligation  ratings, see  the Appendix  to
     Part B.
         

        
              On  or about December  22, 1995,  a proposal will be  submitted to
     investors in  the  Portfolio that  would  permit  the Portfolio  to  invest
     without  limit in  obligations the  interest on  which is a  tax preference
     item under  the  federal  alternative minimum  tax.    If the  proposal  is
     approved, the  Portfolio will seek  to achieve its  investment objective by
     investing at least  80% of its net  assets during periods of  normal market
     conditions in municipal obligations, the  interest on which is  exempt from
     regular federal income  tax and South Carolina State personal income taxes.
     If the proposal is approved, the new policy will  be effective immediately.
     If the proposal is approved, the Portfolio  will be permitted to invest  in
     municipal obligations of any issuer,  but will continue to invest  at least
     65%  of its  total  assets in  obligations  issued by  the  State of  South
     Carolina  or its  political  subdivisions.   Also,  in connection  with the
     proposal,  the  Portfolio's  name   will  be  changed  to  "South  Carolina
     Municipals Portfolio" effective January 1, 1996.
         

        
              South Carolina  Obligations.   Municipal obligations eligible  for
     the  exemption  from South  Carolina  State personal  income  taxes ("South
     Carolina  obligations") are issued  for a  wide variety of  both public and
     private  purposes.     Public  purpose  municipal  bonds   include  general
     obligation bonds  and revenue bonds.   General obligation  bonds are backed

                                         A-2
<PAGE>






     by the taxing power of the issuing municipality.  Revenue bonds are  backed
     by the  revenues of a  project or facility.   Municipal notes include  bond
     anticipation  notes,  tax  anticipation  notes,  and  revenue  anticipation
     notes.     Bond,   tax  and  revenue   anticipation  notes  are  short-term
     obligations  that will be retired with  the proceeds of an anticipated bond
     issue, tax revenue  or facility revenue, respectively.  Under normal market
     conditions, the Portfolio  will invest at least 65%  of its total assets in
     obligations issued  by  the  State  of  South  Carolina  or  its  political
     subdivisions.  
         

        
              The  Portfolio currently may not  invest more than 20%  of its net
     assets in obligations  the interest on which  is a tax preference  item for
     purposes of the  federal alternative minimum  tax and  in obligations  that
     pay interest  subject to regular  federal income tax  and/or South Carolina
     State personal  income taxes.   As at  August 31,  1995, the Portfolio  had
     invested 18.5% of  its net assets  in such  obligations.  Distributions  to
     corporate investors  of  certain interest  income  may  be subject  to  the
     federal alternative minimum tax.
         

        
              Concentration  in  South Carolina  Issuers    Risks.   Because the
     Portfolio will  normally  invest  at  least 65%  of  its  total  assets  in
     obligations of  South Carolina issuers,  it is more  susceptible to factors
     adversely affecting such  issuers than mutual funds that do not concentrate
     in  the obligations  of  issuers  located in  a  single  state.   Municipal
     obligations of  issuers in  a single  State  may be  adversely effected  by
     economic developments and by legislation and  other governmental activities
     in that State.  To the extent that the Portfolio's assets are  concentrated
     in municipal obligations  of issuers of a  single State, the Portfolio  may
     be subject to an increased risk of loss.  
         

        
              The  effect of  the prolonged  national recession  on the  State's
     fiscal position  has been  significant, though  in the  past few years  the
     state has rebuilt its  General Reserve Fund.   Since the start of  the 1993
     fiscal  year,  South   Carolina  has  been  forced  to  deal  with  revenue
     shortfalls.    In  July  1992,  original  revenue  estimates  were  revised
     downward by $195 million to  $3.6 billion for fiscal year 1993.   The State
     responded by  cutting appropriations including recurring  and non-recurring
     spending and  ended the fiscal  year with a  $151 million surplus.   Actual
     budgetary General Fund  revenues and expenditures for fiscal year 1994 were
     $4.021 billion and  $3.776 billion, respectively.  There was a $248 million
     surplus, of  which $43.3  million was  deposited into  the General  Reserve
     Fund bringing its total to $110 million.   Fiscal 1995 had actual  budgeted
     General  Fund  revenues  and  expenditures of  $4.233  billion  and  $3.984
     billion, respectively.   Fiscal 1995 ended  with a General Fund  surplus of
     $248 million  of which $10.5 million was deposited into the General Reserve
     Fund fully funding it  to $120.7  million.  No  new taxes were  introduced.

                                         A-3
<PAGE>






     $4.133 billion has been budgeted for  fiscal 1996.  Once again no new taxes
     are in the budget.  
         

        
              Although  dominated  by  the textile  industry,  South  Carolina's
     economic  base has diversified  in recent  years as  the trade  and service
     sectors developed.  With increased  added development in the  durable goods
     manufacturing  industries,  South  Carolina's  economy  now resembles  more
     closely that of the United States.  For August 1995, unemployment in  South
     Carolina was 4.9%, compared with a national rate of 5.6%.
         

        
              South Carolina  general obligations are rated  Aaa, AA+ (positive)
     and AAA (stable), by Moody's, S&P and Fitch, respectively.  
         

        
              South   Carolina  obligations  also  include  obligations  of  the
     governments of Puerto Rico,  the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam to the extent
     that  these  obligations  are exempt  from  South  Carolina State  personal
     income taxes.   The Portfolio  may invest  up to 5%  of its  net assets  in
     obligations issued  by the governments of  each of the  U.S. Virgin Islands
     and Guam, and may invest up to 35% of its net assets in  obligations issued
     by  the government of Puerto Rico.  The economy of Puerto Rico is dominated
     by  the manufacturing and service sectors.   Although the economy of Puerto
     Rico expanded significantly  from fiscal 1984 through fiscal 1990, the rate
     of this expansion slowed  during fiscal years 1991, 1992 and 1993.   Growth
     in fiscal 1994 will depend on several  factors, including the state of  the
     U.S. economy and  the relative stability in the  price of oil, the exchange
     rate of  the U.S. dollar  and the cost  of borrowing.   Although the Puerto
     Rico  unemployment  rate   has  declined  substantially  since   1985,  the
     seasonally  adjusted unemployment  rate  for  June 1995  was  approximately
     13.9%.  The  North American Free  Trade Agreement  ("NAFTA"), which  became
     effective January 1,  1994, could lead to  the loss of Puerto  Rico's lower
     salaried or labor intensive jobs to Mexico.
         

              S&P rates Puerto  Rico general  obligation debt  A, while  Moody's
     rates  it Baa1;  these ratings  have been  in  place since  1956 and  1976,
     respectively.   Reliance on nonrecurring revenues and economic weakness led
     S&P to change its outlook from stable to negative.

        
         

        
              In addition, the Portfolio  may invest  25% or more  of its  total
     assets in South Carolina obligations  of the same type,  including, without
     limitation, the following:   lease rental  obligations of  State and  local
     authorities; obligations  of State and  local housing finance  authorities,

                                         A-4
<PAGE>






     municipal utilities systems  or public housing authorities;  obligations of
     hospitals or life care facilities;  or industrial development or  pollution
     control bonds issued  for electric utility systems, steel  companies, paper
     companies or other purposes.  This may  make the Portfolio more susceptible
     to  adverse economic,  political,  or  regulatory occurrences  affecting  a
     particular  category of issuer.   For example,  health care-related issuers
     are susceptible to medicaid  reimbursement policies, and national and state
     health care  legislation.  As  the Portfolio's concentration increases,  so
     does the potential for fluctuation in the value of its interests.
         

        
              Non-Diversified  Status.  The Portfolio's classification under the
     Investment Company  Act of  1940 (the  "1940 Act")  as a  "non-diversified"
     investment company allows  it to invest, with  respect to 50% of  its total
     assets, more  than 5% (but not  more than 25%)  of its total  assets in the
     securities of  any issuer.   The Portfolio  is likely  to invest a  greater
     percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer than would  a
     diversified fund.   Therefore,  the Portfolio  is more  susceptible to  any
     single adverse  economic or political  occurrence or development  affecting
     issuers of South Carolina obligations.
         

        
     Other Investment Practices
         

        
              The Portfolio  may engage  in the following  investment practices,
     some  of  which  may be  considered  to  involve  "derivative"  instruments
     because  they  derive  their value  from  another  instrument, security  or
     index.  In addition, the Portfolio may  temporarily borrow up to 5% of  the
     value of  its  total  assets  to  satisfy  redemption  requests  or  settle
     securities transactions.
         

        
              When-Issued Securities.  The  Portfolio may purchase securities on
     a  "when-issued" basis, which  means that  payment and delivery  occur on a
     future settlement  date.   The  price  and  yield of  such  securities  are
     generally fixed  on  the date  of  commitment to  purchase.   However,  the
     market value  of the securities  may fluctuate prior  to delivery and  upon
     delivery  the  securities may  be worth  more  or less  than  the Portfolio
     agreed to pay for  them.  The Portfolio may also purchase  instruments that
     give it the option to purchase a municipal obligation when and if issued.
         

        
              Inverse  Floaters.     The  Portfolio  may   invest  in  municipal
     securities  whose  interest  rates  bear  an  inverse relationship  to  the
     interest  rate on  another  security or  the  value of  an index  ("inverse
     floaters").  An  investment in inverse  floaters may  involve greater  risk

                                         A-5
<PAGE>






     than  an investment in a fixed rate bond.   Because changes in the interest
     rate on the  other security or index inversely affect the residual interest
     paid on the inverse floater, the value  of an inverse floater is  generally
     more volatile  than that  of  a fixed  rate bond.   Inverse  floaters  have
     interest  rate  adjustment  formulas  which  generally  reduce or,  in  the
     extreme, eliminate  the  interest paid  to  the Portfolio  when  short-term
     interest rates rise, and increase  the interest paid to the  Portfolio when
     short-term interest rates fall.   Inverse floaters have varying  degrees of
     liquidity, and  the  market for  these  securities  is new  and  relatively
     volatile.  These securities tend to underperform the  market for fixed rate
     bonds in a  rising interest  rate environment, but  tend to outperform  the
     market for fixed rate bonds when interest  rates decline.  Shifts in  long-
     term interest rates  may, however, alter this tendency.  Although volatile,
     inverse floaters typically  offer the  potential for  yields exceeding  the
     yields available on  fixed rate bonds  with comparable  credit quality  and
     maturity.   These securities  usually permit  the investor  to convert  the
     floating rate  to  a fixed  rate  (normally  adjusted downward),  and  this
     optional conversion  feature  may provide  a partial  hedge against  rising
     rates if exercised  at an opportune time.   Inverse floaters  are leveraged
     because they provide two or more dollars of  bond market exposure for every
     dollar invested.  As a matter of operating  policy, the Portfolio currently
     may invest up to 7.5% of its net assets in inverse floaters.
         

        
              Futures  Transactions.    The  Portfolio  may  purchase  and  sell
     various kinds of financial futures  contracts and options thereon  to hedge
     against changes in  interest rates.  The futures  contracts may be based on
     various debt  securities (such as  U.S. Government securities),  securities
     indices (such as  the Municipal Bond Index  traded on the Chicago  Board of
     Trade)  and  other financial  instruments and  indices.   Such transactions
     involve  a  risk of  loss  or  depreciation  due  to unanticipated  adverse
     changes  in securities  prices, which  may  exceed the  Portfolio's initial
     investment in these  contracts.   The Portfolio  may not  purchase or  sell
     futures contracts or related options,  except for closing purchase  or sale
     transactions, if immediately  thereafter the sum  of the  amount of  margin
     deposits and premiums  paid on the Portfolio's  outstanding positions would
     exceed  5% of  the  market value  of  the Portfolio's  net  assets.   These
     transactions involve transaction  costs.  There  can be  no assurance  that
     the  Investment  Adviser's use  of  futures  will  be  advantageous to  the
     Portfolio.
         

        
              Insured Obligations.   The Portfolio may  purchase municipal bonds
     that are  additionally secured  by  insurance, bank  credit agreements,  or
     escrow accounts.    The credit  quality  of  companies which  provide  such
     credit enhancements  will affect the  value of those  securities.  Although
     the  insurance feature  reduces certain  financial risks,  the premiums for
     insurance and  the higher  market price  paid for  insured obligations  may
     reduce current yield.  Insurance  generally will be obtained  from insurers
     with a claims-paying  ability rated Aaa by Moody's or  AAA by S&P or Fitch.

                                         A-6
<PAGE>






     The  insurance  does   not  guarantee  the  market  value  of  the  insured
     obligations or the net asset value of the Portfolio's interests.
         

        
     Additional Risk Considerations
         

        
              Many  South Carolina  obligations offering  current income  are in
     the lowest investment grade category (Baa or BBB), lower categories  or may
     be  unrated.   As  indicated  above,  the  Portfolio may  invest  in  South
     Carolina obligations rated  below investment grade (but not lower than B by
     Moody's, S&P  or Fitch)  and comparable  unrated obligations.   The  lowest
     investment  grade,  lower  rated  and  comparable  unrated  South  Carolina
     obligations  in which  the  Portfolio  may  invest  will  have  speculative
     characteristics in varying degrees.   While such obligations may  have some
     quality  and  protective  characteristics,  these  characteristics  can  be
     expected to  be  offset  or  outweighed  by  uncertainties  or  major  risk
     exposures to adverse  conditions.  Lower rated and comparable unrated South
     Carolina obligations are  subject to the risk  of an issuer's inability  to
     meet principal and interest payments  on the obligations (credit  risk) and
     may also  be subject  to greater price  volatility due  to such factors  as
     interest rate  sensitivity, market  perception of  the creditworthiness  of
     the issuer  and general  market liquidity (market  risk).   Lower rated  or
     unrated South  Carolina obligations are also  more likely to react  to real
     or perceived  developments affecting market  and credit risk  than are more
     highly  rated  obligations,  which  react  primarily  to  movements in  the
     general level  of interest rates.  The Investment Adviser seeks to minimize
     the  risks  of  investing in  below  investment  grade  securities  through
     professional investment analysis  and attention to current  developments in
     interest rates  and economic  conditions.   When the  Portfolio invests  in
     lower rated and  unrated South Carolina obligations, the achievement of the
     Portfolio's goals  is more  dependent on the  Investment Adviser's  ability
     than would be  the case if the  Portfolio were investing in  South Carolina
     obligations in the higher rating categories.
         

        
              The Portfolio  may retain  defaulted obligations in  its portfolio
     when such retention is  considered desirable by the Investment Adviser.  In
     the case  of a  defaulted obligation,  the Portfolio  may incur  additional
     expense seeking  recovery of  its investment.   South Carolina  obligations
     held by  the Portfolio which  are rated below investment  grade, but which,
     subsequent  to the assignment of such rating, are backed by escrow accounts
     containing  U.S.   Government  obligations,  may   be  determined  by   the
     Investment Adviser to be  of investment grade quality  for purposes of  the
     Portfolio's  investment  policies.    The  Portfolio   may  retain  in  its
     portfolio an obligation whose rating  drops below B after  its acquisition,
     if such  retention  is  considered  desirable by  the  Investment  Adviser;
     provided, however,  that holdings  of obligations  rated below  Baa or  BBB
     will  not exceed  35%  of  net assets.    In the  event  the rating  of  an

                                         A-7
<PAGE>






     obligation held  by the Portfolio  is downgraded, causing  the Portfolio to
     exceed this limitation,  the Investment Adviser will (in an orderly fashion
     within  a reasonable  period of  time) dispose  of such  obligations  as it
     deems necessary  in order  to comply  with the  Portfolio's credit  quality
     limitations.  For a description  of municipal obligation ratings,  see Part
     B.
         

        
              The  net asset value  of the Portfolio's interests  will change in
     response to  fluctuations in prevailing  interest rates and  changes in the
     value  of  the securities  held  by  the Portfolio.    When  interest rates
     decline, the value  of securities held by the  Portfolio can be expected to
     rise.  Conversely, when  interest rates rise, the  value of most  portfolio
     security  holdings can  be expected  to  decline.   Changes  in the  credit
     quality of the issuers of South Carolina obligations held  by the Portfolio
     will affect  the principal  value of  (and possibly  the income  earned on)
     such obligations.   In addition, the values of such securities are affected
     by  changes  in   general  economic  conditions  and   business  conditions
     affecting the specific  industries of their issuers.  Changes by recognized
     rating services in their ratings  of a security and  in the ability of  the
     issuer  to make  payments  of principal  and interest  may also  affect the
     value  of the Portfolio's investments.  The amount of information about the
     financial condition of an issuer of  South Carolina obligations may not  be
     as extensive  as that made  available by corporations  whose securities are
     publicly traded.   An  investment in  the Portfolio will  not constitute  a
     complete investment program.
         

        
              At times, a  substantial portion of the Portfolio's assets  may be
     invested  in securities  as to which  the Portfolio, by  itself or together
     with other accounts managed by  the Investment Adviser and  its affiliates,
     holds a major portion  or all of such securities.   Under adverse market or
     economic  conditions or in  the event of  adverse changes  in the financial
     condition of  the issuer,  the Portfolio could  find it  more difficult  to
     sell such securities when the  Investment Adviser believes it  advisable to
     do so or may  be able to sell such securities only  at prices lower than if
     such securities were  more widely held.   Under such circumstances,  it may
     also be more  difficult to determine the fair  value of such securities for
     purposes of computing the Portfolio's net asset value.
         

        
              The  secondary   market  for   some  South   Carolina  obligations
     (including issues that  are privately placed  with the  Portfolio) is  less
     liquid than  that for taxable debt obligations or  other more widely traded
     municipal  obligations.    The  Portfolio  will   not  invest  in  illiquid
     securities  if more  than  15%  of its  net  assets  would be  invested  in
     securities that are not readily  marketable.  No established  resale market
     exists  for  certain  of  the  South  Carolina  obligations  in  which  the
     Portfolio may  invest.  The  market for obligations  rated below investment

                                         A-8
<PAGE>






     grade is also  likely to be  less liquid than  the market for  higher rated
     obligations.  As a result, the Portfolio may be unable to  dispose of these
     South Carolina obligations at times when it  would otherwise wish to do  so
     at the prices at which they are valued.
         

        
              Certain securities held by the Portfolio may permit the issuer  at
     its option to  "call", or  redeem, its securities.   If  an issuer  redeems
     securities held  by  the Portfolio  during  a  time of  declining  interest
     rates,  the  Portfolio  may  not  be  able  to  reinvest  the  proceeds  in
     securities  providing  the   same  investment  return  as   the  securities
     redeemed.
         

        
              Some of the securities in which the Portfolio invests may  include
     so-called  "zero-coupon"  bonds,  whose  values  are   subject  to  greater
     fluctuation in  response to  changes in  market interest  rates than  bonds
     that  pay  interest  currently.     Zero-coupon  bonds  are  issued   at  a
     significant discount  from face  value and  pay interest  only at  maturity
     rather than at  intervals during the life  of the security.   The Portfolio
     is required  to accrue and  distribute income  from zero-coupon bonds  on a
     current  basis, even though  it does not  receive that  income currently in
     cash.  Thus, the  Portfolio may  have to sell  other investments to  obtain
     cash needed to make income distributions.
         

        
              The Portfolio  may invest in municipal  leases, and participations
     in municipal leases.  The obligation of the issuer to meet its  obligations
     under such leases is often subject to the  appropriation by the appropriate
     legislative body, on an annual or other basis, of funds  for the payment of
     the obligations.  Investments  in municipal leases are thus  subject to the
     risk that  the legislative body  will not make  the necessary appropriation
     and the  issuer  will  not  otherwise  be  willing  or  able  to  meet  its
     obligation.
         

        
              The   Portfolio  has   adopted   certain   fundamental  investment
              restrictions  which are enumerated  in detail in Part  B and which
              may not be changed unless authorized  by an investor vote.  Except
              for  such enumerated  restrictions and  as otherwise  indicated in
              this  Part  A,  the  investment  objective  and  policies  of  the
              Portfolio  are not  fundamental  policies and  accordingly  may be
              changed  by the  Trustees of  the Portfolio without  obtaining the
              approval of the  investors in the Portfolio.   If any changes were
              made in the Portfolio's  investment objective, the Portfolio might
              have investment  objectives different  from the objective  that an
              investor considered  appropriate at  the time the  investor became
              an interestholder in the Portfolio. 

                                         A-9
<PAGE>






         

     Item 5.  Management of the Portfolio

        
              The  Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York.   The Portfolio intends to  comply with all applicable federal
     and state securities laws.
         

              Investment  Adviser.   The Portfolio  engages BMR,  a wholly-owned
     subsidiary of  Eaton Vance  Management ("Eaton  Vance"), as its  investment
     adviser.   Eaton Vance, its  affiliates and its  predecessor companies have
     been  managing  assets  of  individuals  and  institutions since  1924  and
     managing investment companies since 1931.

        
              Acting  under the general  supervision of  the Board  of Trustees,
     BMR manages the Portfolio's investments  and affairs and furnishes  for the
     use of  the Portfolio  office space  and all  necessary office  facilities,
     equipment and  personnel for  servicing the  investments of the  Portfolio.
     Under its investment  advisory agreement with the Portfolio, BMR receives a
     monthly advisory fee equal to the aggregate of:
         

              (a)     a daily  asset-based fee computed  by applying the  annual
                      asset  rate applicable to that  portion of the total daily
                      net assets in each Category as indicated below, plus

              (b)     a daily  income-based fee computed  by applying the  daily
                      income rate applicable to that portion of  the total daily
                      gross  income   (which  portion   shall   bear  the   same
                      relationship to the total  daily gross income on  such day
                      as  that portion of the total daily net assets in the same
                      Category bears to  the total daily net assets on such day)
                      in each Category as indicated below:

     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
                                                                                  Annual           Daily
                                                                                  Asset            Income
     Category         Daily Net Assets                                            Rate             Rate

     <S>              <C>                                                         <C>              <C>
     1                Up to $20 million                                           0.100%           1.00%
     2                $20 million but less than $40 million                       0.200%           2.00%
     3                $40 million but less than $500 million                      0.300%           3.00%
     4                $500 million but less than $1 billion                       0.275%           2.75%
     5                $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion                       0.250%           2.50%
     6                $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion                       0.225%           2.25%
     7                $2 billion but less than $3 billion                         0.200%           2.00%
     8                $3 billion and over                                         0.175%           1.75%

                                                                     A-10
<PAGE>






     </TABLE>

        
              As  at  August   31,  1995,  the  Portfolio  had  net   assets  of
     $61,411,668.   For the  fiscal year  ended August  31, 1995, the  Portfolio
     paid  BMR advisory  fees  equivalent to  0.33%  of the  Portfolio's average
     daily net assets for such year.  
         

              The Portfolio  is  responsible for  the payment  of  all  expenses
     other  than  those  expressly  stated  to  be  payable  by  BMR  under  the
     investment advisory agreement.

              David C.  Reilly has  acted  as the  portfolio manager  since  the
     Portfolio commenced  operations.   He has  been a Vice  President of  Eaton
     Vance since 1991 and of BMR since 1992.   Prior to joining Eaton Vance,  he
     was a  Vice President and  a municipal bond  analyst at Scudder, Stevens  &
     Clark (1984-1991).

        
              Effective  January 1,  1996, Thomas  J. Fetter  will serve  as the
     portfolio manager of the Portfolio.  He  has been a Vice President of Eaton
     Vance since 1987 and of BMR since 1992.
         

              Municipal obligations,  including South  Carolina obligations, are
     normally traded on a net basis (without commission)  through broker-dealers
     and banks acting for their own account.  Such firms attempt  to profit from
     such transactions  by buying  at the bid  price and  selling at the  higher
     asked price of  the market, and the  difference is customarily  referred to
     as  the  spread.    In   selecting  firms  which  will   execute  portfolio
     transactions, BMR judges their professional ability and quality of  service
     and  uses  its  best  efforts  to  obtain  execution at  prices  which  are
     advantageous  to  the  Portfolio and  at  reasonably  competitive  spreads.
     Subject  to the  foregoing,  BMR may  consider  sales  of shares  of  other
     investment  companies sponsored by  BMR or Eaton Vance  as a  factor in the
     selection of firms to execute portfolio transactions.

        
              BMR  or  Eaton  Vance acts  as  investment  adviser  to investment
     companies  and various  individual and  institutional  clients with  assets
     under  management  of   approximately  $16  billion.    Eaton  Vance  is  a
     wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Eaton  Vance  Corp., a  publicly  held holding
     company.   Eaton  Vance  Corp., through  its  subsidiaries and  affiliates,
     engages in  investment management and  marketing activities, fiduciary  and
     banking  services,  oil   and  gas  operations,  real   estate  investment,
     consulting and management, and development of precious metals properties.
         





                                         A-11
<PAGE>






     Item 6.  Capital Stock and Other Securities


        
              The Portfolio is organized as  a trust under the laws of the State
     of  New York  and intends to  be treated as  a partnership  for federal tax
     purposes.  Under the Declaration  of Trust, the Trustees are  authorized to
     issue interests in the  Portfolio.  Each investor is entitled  to a vote in
     proportion to the amount  of its investment in the Portfolio.   Investments
     in the Portfolio  may not be transferred, but  an investor may withdraw all
     or  any  portion  of  its investment  at  any  time  at  net  asset  value.
     Investors in the Portfolio will each be  liable for all obligations of  the
     Portfolio.   However, the  risk of an  investor in  the Portfolio incurring
     financial loss on account of  such liability is limited to circumstances in
     which both inadequate insurance exists  and the Portfolio itself  is unable
     to meet its obligations.
         

        
              The  Declaration  of  Trust   provides  that  the  Portfolio  will
     terminate  120 days  after the complete  withdrawal of any  investor in the
     Portfolio unless either  the remaining investors,  by unanimous  vote at  a
     meeting of such investors, or a majority of  the Trustees of the Portfolio,
     by written instrument  consented to by all investors, agree to continue the
     business  of  the  Portfolio.    This  provision  is  consistent  with  the
     treatment of  the  Portfolio  as  a  partnership  for  federal  income  tax
     purposes.
         

              Investments  in the  Portfolio  have no  preemptive  or conversion
     rights and  are fully paid  and nonassessable by  the Portfolio, except  as
     set  forth above.    The  Portfolio is  not  required  and has  no  current
     intention to hold annual meetings of investors, but the Portfolio  may hold
     special meetings of  investors when in the  judgment of the Trustees  it is
     necessary or desirable to submit matters for an  investor vote.  Changes in
     fundamental policies  or restrictions will  be submitted to   investors for
     approval.   The  investment  objective  and all  nonfundamental  investment
     policies of the Portfolio  may be changed by the Trustees of  the Portfolio
     without  obtaining  the  approval  of  the   investors  in  the  Portfolio.
     Investors  have under  certain circumstances  (e.g.,  upon application  and
     submission of  certain specified documents  to the Trustees  by a specified
     number  of investors)  the  right to  communicate  with other  investors in
     connection with  requesting  a meeting  of  investors  for the  purpose  of
     removing  one  or more  Trustees.    Any  Trustee  may be  removed  by  the
     affirmative  vote  of   holders  of  two-thirds  of  the  interest  in  the
     Portfolio.

        
              Information  regarding pooled investment  entities or  funds which
     invest  in  the  Portfolio  may  be  obtained  by  contacting  Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc.,  24 Federal Street,  Boston, MA  02110 (617)  482-8260.
     Smaller  investors  in the  Portfolio  may  be  adversely  affected by  the

                                         A-12
<PAGE>






     actions  of larger investors  in the  Portfolio.   For example, if  a large
     investor  withdraws  from  the  Portfolio,  the   remaining  investors  may
     experience  higher pro  rata operating  expenses,  thereby producing  lower
     returns.  Additionally, the Portfolio may hold  fewer securities, resulting
     in increased portfolio risk, and experience decreasing economies of  scale.
     However, this  possibility exists as well for historically structured funds
     which have large or institutional investors.
         


        
              As of  December 4, 1995, EV Marathon South  Carolina Tax Free Fund
     controlled the Portfolio  by virtue of  owning approximately  98.0% of  the
     outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.
         

        
              The net  asset value  of the Portfolio is  determined each  day on
     which  the New  York Stock Exchange  (the "Exchange")  is open  for trading
     ("Portfolio Business  Day").   This determination  is  made each  Portfolio
     Business Day as of  the close of regular trading on the Exchange (currently
     4:00 p.m., New York time) (the "Portfolio Valuation Time").
         

        
              Each  investor  in  the  Portfolio  may  add  to  or  reduce   its
     investment in  the  Portfolio on  each Portfolio  Business  Day as  of  the
     Portfolio  Valuation Time.   The value  of each investor's  interest in the
     Portfolio  will be determined  by multiplying  the net  asset value  of the
     Portfolio by  the percentage,  determined on  the prior Portfolio  Business
     Day, which  represents that investor's  share of the  aggregate interest in
     the Portfolio  on such  prior day.   Any additions  or withdrawals for  the
     current Portfolio  Business Day  will then  be recorded.   Each  investor's
     percentage of  the  aggregate  interest  in  the  Portfolio  will  then  be
     recomputed as a percentage  equal to a fraction (i) the numerator  of which
     is the  value of  such investor's  investment in  the Portfolio  as of  the
     Portfolio Valuation  Time  on the  prior  Portfolio  Business Day  plus  or
     minus, as the  case may be, the  amount of any additions to  or withdrawals
     from the  investor's investment in  the Portfolio on  the current Portfolio
     Business Day and  (ii) the denominator of which  is the aggregate net asset
     value of  the Portfolio  as of the  Portfolio Valuation  Time on the  prior
     Portfolio Business Day  plus or minus,  as the case  may be, the amount  of
     the net additions  to or withdrawals from  the aggregate investment in  the
     Portfolio on the  current Portfolio  Business Day by  all investors in  the
     Portfolio.   The percentage so determined will then be applied to determine
     the  value of  the investor's  interest in  the  Portfolio for  the current
     Portfolio Business Day.
         

        
              The Portfolio will allocate at least annually among its  investors
     each investor's distributive  share of the Portfolio's net taxable (if any)

                                         A-13
<PAGE>






     and  tax-exempt  investment income,  net  realized capital  gains,  and any
     other items  of income, gain, loss,  deduction or credit.   The Portfolio's
     net investment income  consists of all  income accrued  on the  Portfolio's
     assets, less all actual and  accrued expenses of the  Portfolio, determined
     in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
         

        
              Under the anticipated method  of operation of  the Portfolio,  the
     Portfolio will not  be subject  to any federal  income tax.   (See Part  B,
     Item 20.)  However,  each investor in the Portfolio will take  into account
     its  allocable share of the Portfolio's ordinary income and capital gain in
     determining its  federal income tax  liability.  The  determination of each
     such share will  be made in  accordance with the  governing instruments  of
     the Portfolio,  which are intended to  comply with the requirements  of the
     Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
         

        
              It  is intended  that the  Portfolio's assets  and income  will be
     managed in such  a way that  an investor  in the Portfolio  which seeks  to
     qualify as  a regulated investment  company ("RIC") under the  Code will be
     able to satisfy the requirements for such qualification.
         

     Item 7.  Purchase of Interests in the Portfolio

              Interests in the Portfolio are issued solely in  private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act.   See "General Description of  Registrant"
     above.

        
              An investment in the Portfolio will be made without a  sales load.
     All investments received by  the Portfolio will be effected as of  the next
     Portfolio Valuation  Time.    The  net asset  value  of  the  Portfolio  is
     determined at the  Portfolio Valuation Time on each Portfolio Business Day.
     The Portfolio will  be closed for business  and will not determine  its net
     asset  value   on  the  following   business  holidays:  New  Year's   Day,
     Presidents' Day, Good  Friday (a New York Stock Exchange holiday), Memorial
     Day, Independence Day, Labor  Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.  The
     Portfolio's net  asset  value is  computed  in accordance  with  procedures
     established by the Portfolio's Trustees.
         

        
              The Portfolio's net asset value is determined by Investors Bank  &
     Trust Company  (as custodian and agent  for the Portfolio) based  on market
     or fair value  in the manner authorized  by the Trustees of  the Portfolio.
     The net  asset value  is  computed by  subtracting the  liabilities of  the
     Portfolio from the value  of its total assets.  Inasmuch as  the market for
     South  Carolina obligations  is  a dealer  market  with no  central trading

                                         A-14
<PAGE>






     location  or continuous quotation system, it is not feasible to obtain last
     transaction  prices  for  most  South  Carolina  obligations  held  by  the
     Portfolio,  and   such  obligations,   including  those   purchased  on   a
     when-issued  basis, will  normally  be valued  on  the basis  of valuations
     furnished by a pricing service.  The pricing service  uses information with
     respect  to transactions  in bonds,  quotations  from bond  dealers, market
     transactions  in   comparable  securities,  various  relationships  between
     securities,  and  yield   to  maturity  in  determining  value.     Taxable
     obligations for which price quotations are readily available  normally will
     be valued at  the mean between the  latest available bid and  asked prices.
     Open futures positions  on debt  securities are valued  at the most  recent
     settlement prices unless such  price does not reflect the fair value of the
     contract, in  which  case  the  positions  will be  valued  by  or  at  the
     direction of  the Trustees of  the Portfolio.   Other assets are valued  at
     fair value using  methods determined in good  faith by or at  the direction
     of  the Trustees.   For further information regarding  the valuation of the
     Portfolio's assets, see Part B.
         

              There  is  no  minimum  initial or  subsequent  investment  in the
     Portfolio.     The  Portfolio  reserves   the  right  to  cease   accepting
     investments at any time or to reject any investment order.

              The   placement   agent  for   the   Portfolio   is   Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc. ("EVD").   The principal business address  of EVD is  24
     Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.   EVD receives no compensation
     for serving as the placement agent for the Portfolio.

     Item 8.  Redemption or Decrease of Interest

        
              An investor in the  Portfolio may withdraw all of  (redeem) or any
     portion  of  (decrease) its  interest  in  the  Portfolio  if a  withdrawal
     request in  proper form is furnished by the investor to the Portfolio.  All
     withdrawals will be effected as of the next  Portfolio Valuation Time.  The
     proceeds of a  withdrawal will  be paid by  the Portfolio  normally on  the
     Portfolio Business Day the withdrawal is effected,  but in any event within
     seven days.   The Portfolio  reserves the  right to pay  the proceeds of  a
     withdrawal (whether a redemption or decrease) by a distribution in kind  of
     portfolio  securities  (instead of  cash).   The securities  so distributed
     would be valued at the same amount as that assigned to  them in calculating
     the net  asset value for the  interest (whether complete or  partial) being
     withdrawn.    If an  investor received  a  distribution in  kind  upon such
     withdrawal,  the  investor  could incur  brokerage  and  other  charges  in
     converting the  securities  to cash.    The Portfolio  has filed  with  the
     Securities and  Exchange Commission  (the "Commission")  a notification  of
     election  on  Form  N-18F-1 committing  to  pay in  cash  all  requests for
     withdrawals  by  any investor,  limited  in  amount  with  respect to  such
     investor during any 90 day period  to the lesser of (a) $250,000 or (b)  1%
     of the net asset value of the Portfolio at the beginning of such period.
         


                                         A-15
<PAGE>






              Investments in the Portfolio may not be transferred.

              The  right of any investor to  receive payment with respect to any
     withdrawal  may be  suspended  or the  payment  of the  withdrawal proceeds
     postponed during  any period  in which the  Exchange is closed  (other than
     weekends or holidays) or trading on the  Exchange is restricted or, to  the
     extent  otherwise permitted by  the 1940  Act, if  an emergency  exists, or
     during any  other  period permitted  by  order of  the  Commission for  the
     protection of investors.

     Item 9.  Pending Legal Proceedings

     Not applicable.








































                                         A-16
<PAGE>






                                       PART B

     Item 10.  Cover Page

     Not applicable.

     Item 11.  Table of Contents

        
                                                                Page 
     General Information and History   . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-1 
     Investment Objectives and Policies  . . . . . . . . . . .  B-1 
     Management of the Portfolio   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-16
     Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities  . . .  B-19
     Investment Advisory and Other Services  . . . . . . . . .  B-19
     Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices  . . . . . . . .  B-22
     Capital Stock and Other Securities  . . . . . . . . . . .  B-24
     Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities  . . . . .  B-27
     Tax Status  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-27
     Underwriters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-31
     Calculation of Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-31
     Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-31
     Appendix  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  a-1 
         

     Item 12.  General Information and History

     Not applicable.

     Item 13.  Investment Objectives and Policies

              Part  A  contains  additional  information  about  the  investment
     objective and  policies  of the  South  Carolina  Tax Free  Portfolio  (the
     "Portfolio").   This Part  B should  be read  in conjunction  with Part  A.
     Capitalized terms used  in this Part B  and not otherwise defined  have the
     meanings given them in Part A.

     South Carolina Obligations

        
              As  used in  this Part  B, the  term "South  Carolina obligations"
     refers to debt  obligations issued by the  State of South Carolina  and its
     political  subdivisions (for  example, counties,  cities, towns,  districts
     and authorities)  and  the governments  of  Puerto  Rico, the  U.S.  Virgin
     Islands and Guam,  the interest  on which  is exempt  from regular  federal
     income  tax and South  Carolina State personal  income taxes.   In general,
     there are  three categories of  South Carolina obligations  the interest on
     which  is exempt from federal  income tax and is not  a tax preference item
     for purposes  of the federal  alternative minimum tax:  (i) certain "public
     purpose" obligations  (whenever issued),  which include obligations  issued
     directly by  state  and local  governments  or  their agencies  to  fulfill
     essential governmental  functions; (ii)  certain obligations issued  before

                                         B-1
<PAGE>






     August 8, 1986  for the benefit  of non-governmental  persons or  entities;
     and (iii) certain  "private activity bonds"  issued after  August 7,  1986,
     which include "qualified Section 501(c)(3) bonds"  or refundings of certain
     obligations  included  in the  second  category. In  assessing  the federal
     income tax  treatment of  interest on  any such  obligation, the  Portfolio
     will generally rely on an opinion of the issuer's counsel (when  available)
     and  will not undertake any  independent verification of  the basis for the
     opinion.   Municipal bonds are  issued to obtain  funds for  various public
     and private  purposes.   Such obligations  include bonds, as  well as  tax-
     exempt commercial  paper, project notes,  and municipal notes  such as tax,
     revenue and bond  anticipation notes of short maturity, generally less than
     three years.   The  two principal  classifications of  municipal bonds  are
     "general obligation" bonds and "revenue" bonds.
         

        
              Interest on  certain "private activity bonds"  issued after August
     7,  1986 is exempt  from regular federal income  tax, but  such interest is
     treated as a tax  preference item  that could subject  the recipient to  or
     increase  the recipient's  liability for  the  federal alternative  minimum
     tax.   It  should  be noted  that,  for a  corporate holder  (other  than a
     regulated investment company)  of an interest in the Portfolio, interest on
     all South  Carolina obligations (whenever issued)  is included in "adjusted
     current earnings"  for purposes of  the federal alternative  minimum tax as
     applied to corporations  (to the extent not already included in alternative
     minimum taxable income as income attributable to private activity bonds).
         

        
              Market discount  on  long-term  tax-exempt  municipal  obligations
     (i.e.,  obligations with a  term of  more than  one year) purchased  in the
     secondary market  after April 30,  1993 is taxable  as ordinary income.   A
     long-term debt  obligation is  generally treated  as acquired  at a  market
     discount if  the  secondary market  purchase  price is  less than  (i)  the
     stated principal amount payable at maturity,  in the case of an  obligation
     that  does not  have  original issue  discount or  (ii) in  the case  of an
     obligation that  does have original  issue discount, the  sum of the  issue
     price and  any original issue  discount that accrued  before the obligation
     was purchased, subject to a de minimis exclusion.
         

              Issuers  of general  obligation  bonds include  states,  counties,
     cities, towns  and regional districts.   The proceeds  of these obligations
     are  used   to  fund  a  wide  range   of  public  projects  including  the
     construction or  improvement  of schools,  highways  and roads,  water  and
     sewer systems and  a variety of other public  purposes.  The basic security
     of general obligation  bonds is the  issuer's pledge of  its faith,  credit
     and taxing power  for the  payment of principal  and interest.   The  taxes
     that  can be  levied  for the  payment of  debt service  may be  limited or
     unlimited as to rate and amount.



                                         B-2
<PAGE>






              The principal  security for a  revenue bond is  generally the  net
     revenues derived from a particular facility  or group of facilities or,  in
     some  cases,  from  the proceeds  of  a special  excise  or  other specific
     revenue source.  Revenue  bonds have been issued to fund a  wide variety of
     capital projects including:  electric, gas,  water, sewer  and solid  waste
     disposal systems;  highways, bridges and tunnels; port, airport and parking
     facilities;  transportation   systems;  housing  facilities,  colleges  and
     universities and hospitals.   Although the principal security  behind these
     bonds varies  widely, many  provide additional  security in the  form of  a
     debt service reserve  fund whose monies may  be used to make  principal and
     interest  payments   on  the   issuer's  obligations.     Housing   finance
     authorities have  a wide  range of  security including  partially or  fully
     insured, rent  subsidized and/or collateralized  mortgages, and/or the  net
     revenues from  housing or  other public projects.   In  addition to a  debt
     service  reserve fund,  some authorities  provide  further security  in the
     form  of  a  state's  ability   (without  legal  obligation)  to   make  up
     deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund.  Lease rental revenue  bonds
     issued  by a state  or local  authority for  capital projects  are normally
     secured by annual  lease rental payments from the  state or locality to the
     authority sufficient to  cover debt service on the authority's obligations.
     Such payments are usually subject to annual appropriations  by the state or
     locality.

        
              Industrial  development and  pollution control  bonds are  in most
     cases revenue bonds  and are generally not  secured by the taxing  power of
     the  municipality, but are  usually secured by the  revenues derived by the
     authority from payments of the industrial user or users.
         

              The Portfolio may  on occasion acquire  revenue bonds  which carry
     warrants or  similar rights covering  equity securities.   Such warrants or
     rights  may  be  held   indefinitely,  but  if  exercised,   the  Portfolio
     anticipates  that  it would,  under  normal circumstances,  dispose  of any
     equity securities so acquired within a reasonable period of time.

              While   most  municipal  bonds  pay  a   fixed  rate  of  interest
     semi-annually  in cash, there  are exceptions.  Some  bonds pay no periodic
     cash interest,  but rather make  a single payment  at maturity representing
     both principal and interest.   Bonds may be issued or  subsequently offered
     with  interest   coupons  materially  greater  or   less  than  those  then
     prevailing, with price adjustments reflecting such deviation.

              The  obligations of any person  or entity to  pay the principal of
     and interest on a  South Carolina obligation are subject  to the provisions
     of bankruptcy, insolvency  and other laws affecting the rights and remedies
     of creditors, such as  the Federal Bankruptcy Act, and laws, if  any, which
     may be  enacted by Congress  or state legislatures  extending the time  for
     payment of  principal or interest,  or both, or  imposing other constraints
     upon enforcement of  such obligations.  There is  also the possibility that
     as a result of  litigation or other conditions the power or  ability of any
     person or entity  to pay when due principal of  and interest on a municipal

                                         B-3
<PAGE>






     obligation may  be materially affected.   There have  been recent instances
     of defaults  and bankruptcies  involving municipal  obligations which  were
     not foreseen  by the financial  and investment communities.   The Portfolio
     will take  whatever  action  it  considers  appropriate  in  the  event  of
     anticipated financial  difficulties, default  or bankruptcy  of either  the
     issuer  of any municipal  obligation or  of the underlying  source of funds
     for  debt service.    Such action  may  include retaining  the services  of
     various persons or  firms (including affiliates of the  Investment Adviser)
     to evaluate  or  protect  any  real  estate,  facilities  or  other  assets
     securing any such  obligation or acquired by  the Portfolio as a  result of
     any such event, and the Portfolio may also  manage (or engage other persons
     to manage) or  otherwise deal  with any  real estate,  facilities or  other
     assets so acquired.   The Portfolio anticipates that real estate consulting
     and  management  services  may  be  required  with  respect  to  properties
     securing various  municipal obligations  in its  portfolio or  subsequently
     acquired  by  the   Portfolio.    The  Portfolio   will  incur   additional
     expenditures  in  taking  protective  action  with   respect  to  portfolio
     obligations in default and assets securing such obligations.

        
              The  yields on South  Carolina obligations will be  dependent on a
     variety of factors,  including purposes  of issue and  source of funds  for
     repayment,  general money  market  conditions,  general conditions  of  the
     municipal  bond market,  size  of a  particular  offering, maturity  of the
     obligation and rating of the issue.  The ratings  of Moody's, S&P and Fitch
     represent their opinions  as to the  quality of  the municipal  obligations
     which they  undertake  to rate.   It  should be  emphasized, however,  that
     ratings are based  on judgment and  are not absolute standards  of quality.
     Consequently, South  Carolina obligations  with the  same maturity,  coupon
     and rating  may  have  different  yields  while  obligations  of  the  same
     maturity and coupon with  different ratings  may have the  same yield.   In
     addition,  the market  price  of such  obligations will  normally fluctuate
     with changes in  interest rates, and therefore  the net asset value  of the
     Portfolio will be affected by such changes.
         

     Risks of Concentration

        
              South  Carolina  Obligations.   The  following  information  as to
     certain South Carolina considerations  is given to investors in view of the
     Portfolio's  policy of  concentrating  its  investments in  South  Carolina
     issuers.  Such  information supplements the information  in Part A.   It is
     derived  from sources  that  are generally  available  to investors  and is
     believed  to  be accurate.    Such  information  constitutes  only a  brief
     summary,  does not purport  to be  a complete  description and is  based on
     information from  official statements relating  to securities offerings  of
     South Carolina issuers.   The Portfolio has not independently verified this
     information.
         

        

                                         B-4
<PAGE>






              The South  Carolina Constitution requires the  General Assembly to
     provide a  balanced budget and  requires that if  there is a deficit,  such
     deficit  shall be provided  for in the succeeding  fiscal year.   The State
     Constitution also  provides that  (i) the  State Budget  and Control  Board
     may, if a  deficit appears likely, effect such reductions in appropriations
     as may be  necessary to  prevent a deficit,  (ii) the  annual increases  in
     State appropriations  may not exceed the average growth rate of the economy
     of the State,  (iii) the annual increase  in the number of  State employees
     may not exceed the average growth of  the population of the State, and (iv)
     a General  Reserve Fund be maintained  in an amount equal  to 3% of General
     Fund  revenue for  the latest  fiscal year.    The State  also maintains  a
     Capital Reserve Fund equal to 2% of the General Reserve Fund.
         

        
              Despite  several spending  reductions  in fiscal  1992,  the State
     recorded a budgetary  basis operating deficit  of $54 million due  to lower
     than anticipated sales  and corporate-income tax revenues.  The State ended
     fiscal 1992 with only $7.6  million in its budgetary General Fund.  In June
     1993,  the  presidential   base-closing  commission  voted  to   close  the
     Charleston Naval Base.  South Carolina has estimated  lost revenues of $100
     million over  the three-year period from July 1, 1993  to June 30, 1996 due
     to the closing.   There can be no guarantee  that the actual cost  will not
     be  more  or  less than  the  State's  estimate.    Budgetary General  Fund
     revenues and  expenditures for fiscal  1993 were $3.673  billion and $3.521
     billion, respectively.   There was  a $151 million  surplus of which  $33.7
     million  was deposited into the General  Reserve Fund bringing its total to
     $100 million.    Fiscal 1994  had  budgeted  revenues and  expenditures  of
     $3.828  billion  and $3.795  billion,  respectively.    No  new taxes  were
     implemented.    Fiscal 1994  ended  with a  General  Fund  surplus of  $248
     million.   The General  Reserve Fund  is now at  its fully  funded level of
     $110.2 million.   Fiscal 1995  has budgeted $3.93  billion for expenditures
     with no new taxes expected.
         

        
              Obligations  of Puerto  Rico, the  U.S. Virgin  Islands and  Guam.
     Subject to the Portfolio's investment policies as set  forth in Part A, the
     Portfolio may invest in the obligations of the governments of Puerto  Rico,
     the U.S. Virgin  Islands and Guam  (the "Territories").   Accordingly,  the
     Portfolio  may  be  adversely  affected  by  local political  and  economic
     conditions and  developments within the  Territories affecting the  issuers
     of such obligations.
         

        
              Puerto   Rico  has   a  diversified   economy  dominated   by  the
     manufacturing and  service  sectors.   The  three  largest sectors  of  the
     economy  (as  a percentage  of employment)  are services  (47%), government
     (22%) and  manufacturing (16.4%).   These three sectors  represent 39%, 11%
     and 39%, respectively, of the  gross domestic product.  The  service sector
     is  the fastest  growing, while  the government  and  manufacturing sectors

                                         B-5
<PAGE>






     have been stagnant for the past  five years.  The North American Free Trade
     Agreement (NAFTA),  which became effective  January 1, 1994,  could lead to
     the  loss  of  Puerto Rico's  lower  salaried or  labor  intensive  jobs to
     Mexico.  The June 1995 unemployment rate was 13.9%.
         

        
                The  Commonwealth of  Puerto Rico  exercises virtually  the same
     control  over its  internal affairs  as do  the fifty  states; however,  it
     differs from  the states in  its relationship with  the federal government.
     Most federal taxes,  except those  such as social  security taxes that  are
     imposed by mutual  consent, are  not levied in  Puerto Rico.   However,  in
     conjunction with the 1993  U.S. budget  plan, Section 936  of the Code  was
     amended and provided  for two alternative  limitations to  the Section  936
     credit.  The first option will limit the credit against such  income to 40%
     of the  credit  allowable under  current law,  with  a five  year  phase-in
     period starting  at 60% of the  allowable credit.   The second option  is a
     wage and depreciation based credit.  The  reduction of the tax benefits  to
     those  U.S. companies  with operations in  Puerto Rico  may lead  to slower
     growth in the future.   There can be no assurance that  these modifications
     will not lead to  a weakened economy, a lower rating  on Puerto Rico's debt
     or lower prices for Puerto Rican bonds that may be held by the Portfolio.
         

        
                Puerto  Rico's  financial  reporting   was  first  conformed  to
     generally  accepted accounting  principles in  fiscal  1990.   Nonrecurring
     revenues have been  used frequently to  balance recent years' budgets.   In
     November, 1993 Puerto Ricans voted  on whether they wished to  retain their
     Commonwealth status,  become a  state or  establish an independent  nation.
     Puerto  Ricans  voted to  retain  Commonwealth status,  leaving  intact the
     current relationship  with  the  federal  government.    There  can  be  no
     assurance that the  statehood issue will not  be brought to  a vote in  the
     future.  A  successful statehood  vote in  Puerto Rico  would then  require
     ratification by the U.S. Congress.
         

        
                The   United   States  Virgin   Islands   (USVI)   are   located
     approximately  1,100 miles east-southeast of  Miami and are  made up of St.
     Croix, St.  Thomas and  St. John.   The economy  is heavily reliant  on the
     tourism  industry,  with  roughly 43%  of  non-agricultural  employment  in
     tourist-related  trade and services.  The  tourism industry is economically
     sensitive and  would likely be adversely affected  by a recession in either
     the United  States or Europe.  In September 1995,  St. Thomas was  hit by a
     hurricane and  sustained extensive damage.   The longer term  impact on the
     tourism industry is  not yet known.   There  can be no  assurance that  the
     market for USVI bonds will not be affected.
         

        


                                         B-6
<PAGE>






                An important component  of the USVI revenue base is  the federal
     excise tax on rum exports.  Tax revenues  rebated by the federal government
     to the USVI provide  the primary security of  many outstanding USVI  bonds.
     Because more than 90% of the rum distilled in the USVI is distilled  at one
     plant,  any interruption  in  its operations  (as occurred  after Hurricane
     Hugo in 1989) would adversely  affect these revenues.   Consequently, there
     can be no assurance  that rum exports to  the United States and the  rebate
     of tax  revenues to the  USVI will continue  at their present levels.   The
     preferential tariff treatment the USVI rum industry currently  enjoys could
     be reduced under NAFTA.   Increased competition from Mexican  rum producers
     could reduce USVI rum imported to the U.S., decreasing excise  tax revenues
     generated.   The USVI  experienced a  budget deficit  in 1989  due to  wage
     settlements  with  the  unionized  government employees.    A  deficit  was
     experienced also in 1990 due to  Hurricane Hugo.  The USVI recorded a small
     surplus in fiscal year 1991.   At the end of fiscal 1992, the last year for
     which results  are  available, the  USVI  had  an unreserved  General  Fund
     deficit  of   approximately  $8.31  million,   or  approximately  2.1%   of
     expenditures.  In  order to close a  forecasted fiscal 1994 revenue  gap of
     $45.6   million,  the  Department  of  Finance  has  proposed  several  tax
     increases and  fund transfers.   There  is currently  no rated,  unenhanced
     U.S.  Virgin  Islands debt  outstanding  (although  there is  unrated  debt
     outstanding).
         

        
                Guam, an  unincorporated U.S. territory, is  located 1,500 miles
     southeast of  Tokyo.   The  U.S.  military is  a  key component  of  Guam's
     economy.  The  federal government directly  comprises more than 10%  of the
     employment base,  with a  substantial component  of the  service sector  to
     support these personnel.  Guam is expected  to benefit from the closure  of
     the Subic  Bay Naval Base and the Clark  Air Force Base in the Philippines.
     The  Naval  Air Station,  one of  several U.S.  military facilities  on the
     island, has  been  slated  for closure  by  the  Defense Base  Closure  and
     Realignment  Committee; however,  the  administration  plans to  use  these
     facilities  to  expand the  Island's  commercial  airport.    Guam is  also
     heavily reliant on tourists, particularly  the Japanese.  During  1994, the
     financial  position  of Guam  was  weakened  as  it  incurred an  unaudited
     General Fund  operating deficit.   The  administration has  taken steps  to
     improve its  financial position; however,  there are no  guarantees that an
     improvement will  be realized.  Guam's general obligation debt is rated Baa
     by Moody's.
         

        
              Obligations  of Particular Types  of Issuers.   The  Portfolio may
     invest 25% or more  of its  total assets in  South Carolina obligations  of
     the  same   type.    There   could  be  economic,   business  or  political
     developments  which  might  affect all  South  Carolina  obligations  of  a
     similar type.  In particular,  investments in the industrial  revenue bonds
     listed above might involve (without limitation) the following risks.
         


                                         B-7
<PAGE>






        
                Hospital  bond ratings  are often  based on  feasibility studies
     which  contain projections  of  expenses,  revenues and  occupancy  levels.
     Among the influences affecting a  hospital's gross receipts and  net income
     available  to  service its  debt  are  demand  for  hospital services,  the
     ability  of  the hospital  to  provide  the  services required,  management
     capabilities,  economic  developments  in  the  service  area,  efforts  by
     insurers and  government agencies to  limit rates and expenses,  confidence
     in  the  hospital,   service  area   economic  developments,   competition,
     availability and  expense of malpractice  insurance, Medicaid and  Medicare
     funding and possible  federal legislation limiting the rates of increase of
     hospital charges.
         

                Electric   utilities   face   problems   in    financing   large
     construction  programs in an inflationary period,  cost increases and delay
     occasioned by  safety and  environmental considerations (particularly  with
     respect to nuclear facilities), difficulty in obtaining fuel  at reasonable
     prices, and  in achieving timely  and adequate rate  relief from regulatory
     commissions,  effects  of  energy  conservation  and   limitations  on  the
     capacity of the capital market to absorb utility debt.

        
         

        
                Life  care  facilities  are  an  alternative form  of  long-term
     housing  for  the elderly  which  offer  residents  the  independence of  a
     condominium life  style and, if  needed, the comprehensive  care of nursing
     home services.   Bonds  to finance  these facilities  have  been issued  by
     various state  and  local authorities.    Because  the bonds  are  normally
     secured only  by the revenues  of each facility  and not by  state or local
     government  tax payments,  they  are subject  to a  wide variety  of risks.
     Primarily, the projects  must maintain adequate occupancy levels to be able
     to provide  revenues sufficient to  meet debt service  payments.  Moreover,
     because  a portion  of  housing, medical  care  and other  services  may be
     financed by an initial deposit, it is  important that the facility maintain
     adequate  financial reserves  to  secure estimated  actuarial  liabilities.
     The  ability  of  management  to  accurately   forecast  inflationary  cost
     pressures is an important factor in this process.  The facilities may  also
     be affected adversely  by regulatory  cost restrictions  applied to  health
     care  delivery in  general, particularly  state  regulations or  changes in
     Medicare and Medicaid  payments or qualifications, or  restrictions imposed
     by medical  insurance  companies.   They  may  also face  competition  from
     alternative  health care or conventional  housing facilities in the private
     or public sector.
         

        




                                         B-8
<PAGE>






     Municipal Leases
         

        
              The Portfolio  may invest  in municipal leases  and participations
     therein,  which arrangements  frequently involve  special  risks. Municipal
     leases are  obligations in  the form  of  a lease  or installment  purchase
     arrangement  which are  issued by a  state or  local government  to acquire
     equipment  and  facilities.  Interest  income  from   such  obligations  is
     generally  exempt  from local  and state  taxes in  the state  of issuance.
     "Participations" in such  leases are undivided  interests in  a portion  of
     the total  obligation. Participations  entitle their  holders to receive  a
     pro rata  share of  all  payments under  the lease.  A trustee  is  usually
     responsible for administering the terms of the participation and  enforcing
     the  participants' rights in the  underlying lease.  Leases and installment
     purchase or conditional  sale contracts (which normally  provide for  title
     to  the leased asset  to pass  eventually to the  governmental issuer) have
     evolved  as  a means  for  governmental  issuers  to  acquire property  and
     equipment  without  meeting the  constitutional and  statutory requirements
     for the issuance of debt. State debt-issuance  limitations are deemed to be
     inapplicable to these  arrangements because of the inclusion in many leases
     or  contracts  of   "non-appropriation"  clauses  that  provide   that  the
     governmental issuer has  no obligation to  make future  payments under  the
     lease or  contract unless money  is appropriated  for such  purpose by  the
     appropriate legislative  body on  a yearly  or other  periodic basis.  Such
     arrangements  are, therefore,  subject to  the risk  that the  governmental
     issuer will not appropriate funds for lease payments. 
         

        
              Certain municipal lease obligations owned  by the Portfolio may be
     deemed  illiquid  for  purposes  of  the  Portfolio's  15%  limitation   on
     investments in  illiquid securities,  unless determined  by the  Investment
     Adviser,  pursuant to  guidelines  adopted by  the  Trustees, to  be liquid
     securities for  purposes of such  limitation. In determining the  liquidity
     of municipal  lease  obligations, the  Investment Adviser  will consider  a
     variety of  factors including: (1)  the willingness of  dealers to bid  for
     the security;  (2) the number  of dealers willing  to purchase or sell  the
     obligation and the  number of other potential buyers;  (3) the frequency of
     trades  and   quotes  for  the  obligation;  and  (4)  the  nature  of  the
     marketplace  trades. In  addition,  the  Investment Adviser  will  consider
     factors unique to particular lease obligations  affecting the marketability
     thereof. These  include the general  creditworthiness of the  municipality,
     the importance  of the property  covered by the lease  to the municipality,
     and  the  likelihood that  the  marketability  of  the  obligation will  be
     maintained throughout the  time the obligation is held by the Portfolio. In
     the  event the  Portfolio acquires an  unrated municipal  lease obligation,
     the  Investment Adviser  will  be responsible  for  determining the  credit
     quality of such obligation on an ongoing basis, including  an assessment of
     the likelihood that the lease may or may not be canceled.
         


                                         B-9
<PAGE>






     


     Zero Coupon Bonds

              Zero  coupon bonds are  debt obligations which do  not require the
     periodic payment  of interest and are issued at a significant discount from
     face value.   The discount  approximates the total  amount of  interest the
     bonds will accrue and compound over the  period until maturity at a rate of
     interest  reflecting  the  market rate  of  the  security  at the  time  of
     issuance.  Zero coupon bonds benefit the issuer  by mitigating its need for
     cash to  meet debt service,  but also  require a higher  rate of return  to
     attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash.

     Insurance

              Insured South Carolina obligations  held by the Portfolio (if any)
     will be insured  as to their  scheduled payment  of principal and  interest
     under either (i) an  insurance policy obtained by the issuer or underwriter
     of  the  obligation at  the  time  of  its  original issuance  or  (ii)  an
     insurance policy obtained by the  Portfolio or a third party subsequent  to
     the  obligation's original  issuance  (which may  not  be reflected  in the
     obligation's market  value).  In  either event, such  insurance may provide
     that,  in the event  of nonpayment of interest  or principal  when due with
     respect to an insured obligation, the insurer is not required to make  such
     payment  until a specified  time has lapsed  (which may be 30  days or more
     after notice).

     Credit Quality

        
              The Portfolio  is dependent on the  Investment Adviser's judgment,
     analysis  and  experience  in  evaluating  the  quality  of  South Carolina
     obligations.   In evaluating the credit quality of a particular issue, when
     rated  or  unrated,   the  Investment  Adviser  will  normally   take  into
     consideration, among  other things,  the financial resources  of the issuer
     (or, as appropriate, of  the underlying source of funds for  debt service),
     its sensitivity  to economic conditions and  trends, any  operating history
     of and the community support for the  facility financed by the issuer,  the
     ability of the  issuer's management and regulatory matters.  The Investment
     Adviser  will  attempt to  reduce  the risks  of  investing  in the  lowest
     investment   grade,   below   investment  grade   and   comparable  unrated
     obligations  through  active  portfolio  management,  credit  analysis  and
     attention  to  current developments  and  trends  in  the  economy and  the
     financial markets.
         

        
              See "Portfolio  of  Investments"  in  the  "Financial  Statements"
     incorporated by reference  into this Part  B with respect to  any defaulted
     obligations held by the Portfolio.
         

                                         B-10
<PAGE>






        
     Short-Term Trading
         

        
              The  Portfolio  may  sell   (and  later  purchase)  securities  in
     anticipation of a  market decline (a  rise in  interest rates) or  purchase
     (and later sell) securities in anticipation of a  market rise (a decline in
     interest rates). In addition, a security may  be sold and another purchased
     at  approximately the  same time  to take  advantage of what  the Portfolio
     believes  to be  a  temporary disparity  in  the normal  yield relationship
     between the two  securities. Yield disparities  may occur  for reasons  not
     directly related  to the  investment quality  of particular  issues or  the
     general movement  of interest rates, such as changes  in the overall demand
     for or supply of  various types of South Carolina obligations or changes in
     the investment objectives  of investors. Such  trading may  be expected  to
     increase the portfolio  turnover rate, which may increase capital gains and
     the  expenses  incurred  in  connection with  such  trading.  The Portfolio
     anticipates that  its annual  portfolio  turnover rate  will generally  not
     exceed 100% (excluding turnover of  securities having maturity of  one year
     or less).
         

     When-Issued Securities

              New  issues  of  South  Carolina  and  other  types  of  municipal
     obligations  are  sometimes  offered  on a  "when-issued"  basis,  that is,
     delivery and  payment  for the  securities  normally  take place  within  a
     specified number of days after  the date of the Portfolio's  commitment and
     are subject  to certain  conditions such  as the  issuance of  satisfactory
     legal  opinions.     The  Portfolio  may  also  purchase  securities  on  a
     when-issued basis pursuant  to refunding  contracts in connection  with the
     refinancing of an  issuer's outstanding indebtedness.   Refunding contracts
     generally  require the  issuer  to  sell  and  the Portfolio  to  buy  such
     securities  on a settlement  date that could  be several  months or several
     years in the future.

                The  Portfolio  will make  commitments  to  purchase when-issued
     securities only  with the intention  of actually acquiring the  securities,
     but may sell such  securities before  the settlement date  if it is  deemed
     advisable  as a matter of investment strategy.   The payment obligation and
     the interest rate  that will be received on the securities are fixed at the
     time the  Portfolio enters into  the purchase commitment.   The Portfolio's
     custodian will segregate  cash or  high grade liquid  debt securities in  a
     separate  account of  the  Portfolio in  an amount  at  least equal  to the
     when-issued commitments.   If the  value of  the securities  placed in  the
     separate  account  declines,  additional cash  or  high  grade  liquid debt
     securities will  be placed  in the  account on a  daily basis  so that  the
     value  of the account  will at  least equal  the amount of  the Portfolio's
     when-issued  commitments.    When  the  Portfolio  commits  to  purchase  a
     security on  a when-issued basis,  it records the  transaction and reflects
     the value of  the security in determining its  net asset value.  Securities

                                         B-11
<PAGE>






     purchased on a when-issued  basis and the securities held  by the Portfolio
     are  subject  to  changes  in  value  based  upon  the  perception  of  the
     creditworthiness of  the issuer and changes in the  level of interest rates
     (i.e.,  appreciation when  interest  rates  decline and  depreciation  when
     interest rates rise).  Therefore, to the extent that  the Portfolio remains
     substantially  fully  invested at  the  same  time  that  it has  purchased
     securities on  a when-issued basis,  there will be  greater fluctuations in
     the Portfolio's  net asset value  than if it  solely set aside cash  to pay
     for when-issued securities.

     Variable Rate Obligations

              The Portfolio  may purchase  variable rate obligations.   Variable
     rate instruments provide  for adjustments in the interest rate at specified
     intervals  (weekly, monthly, semi-annually, etc.).   The  revised rates are
     usually set  at  the  issuer's  discretion,  in  which  case  the  investor
     normally enjoys the right  to "put" the security back to the  issuer or his
     agent.  Rate  revisions may alternatively  be determined  by formula or  in
     some  other  contractual  fashion.    Variable  rate  obligations  normally
     provide  that the  holder can  demand payment  of the  obligation on  short
     notice at par with accrued  interest and are frequently secured by  letters
     of credit or  other credit support arrangements provided  by banks.  To the
     extent that  such letters  of credit  or other  arrangements constitute  an
     unconditional guarantee of  the issuer's obligations, a bank may be treated
     as the  issuer  of  a  security  for the  purpose  of  complying  with  the
     diversification requirements set forth in Section 5(b)  of the 1940 Act and
     Rule  5b-2  thereunder.    The  Portfolio  would  anticipate   using  these
     obligations  as  cash equivalents  pending  longer term  investment  of its
     funds.

     Redemption, Demand and Put Features 

              Most municipal bonds  have a fixed final maturity date.   However,
     it is commonplace  for the issuer  to reserve  the right to  call the  bond
     earlier.  Also, some  bonds may have "put" or "demand" features  that allow
     early redemption by the bondholder.   Interest income generated  by certain
     bonds  having demand  features  may  not  qualify as  tax-exempt  interest.
     Longer  term  fixed-rate  bonds may  give  the  holder a  right  to request
     redemption  at  certain  times  (often  annually  after  the  lapse  of  an
     intermediate term).   These bonds are more defensive than conventional long
     term bonds  (protecting to some  degree against a  rise in  interest rates)
     while  providing  greater  opportunity  than comparable  intermediate  term
     bonds, because  the  Portfolio  may  retain  the  bond  if  interest  rates
     decline.  By  acquiring these kinds  of obligations  the Portfolio  obtains
     the contractual right to require the issuer  of the security or some  other
     person (other  than a  broker or  dealer) to  purchase the  security at  an
     agreed upon  price,  which right  is  contained  in the  obligation  itself
     rather than in a separate agreement with  the seller or some other  person.
     Because this  right  is assignable  with  the  security, which  is  readily
     marketable  and valued  in  the customary  manner,  the Portfolio  will not
     assign any separate value to such right.


                                         B-12
<PAGE>






     Liquidity and Protective Put Options 

              The  Portfolio may also  enter into a separate  agreement with the
     seller of  the security  or some  other person granting  the Portfolio  the
     right to put the security to  the seller thereof or the other  person at an
     agreed  upon  price.    The  Portfolio  intends  to  limit  this  type   of
     transaction to  institutions (such  as banks or  securities dealers)  which
     the  Investment Adviser  believes present  minimal credit  risks and  would
     engage in this  type of transaction  to facilitate  portfolio liquidity  or
     (if the seller  so agrees) to hedge  against rising interest rates.   There
     is  no assurance  that this kind  of put  option will  be available  to the
     Portfolio or  that  selling institutions  will  be  willing to  permit  the
     Portfolio  to exercise a  put to  hedge against  rising interest rates.   A
     separate put  option may  not be  marketable or  otherwise assignable,  and
     sale  of  the security  to a  third  party or  lapse of  time with  the put
     unexercised may  terminate the  right to exercise  the put.   The Portfolio
     does not expect  to assign any value  to any separate put option  which may
     be acquired  to facilitate portfolio  liquidity, inasmuch as  the value (if
     any) of the put will be reflected  in the value assigned to the  associated
     security; any  put acquired for  hedging purposes would  be valued in  good
     faith  under  methods  or procedures  established  by  the  Trustees  after
     consideration of all relevant  factors, including its expiration date,  the
     price volatility of  the associated  security, the  difference between  the
     market price of the  associated security and the exercise price of the put,
     the  creditworthiness of the  issuer of  the put  and the market  prices of
     comparable put options.   Interest income generated by certain bonds having
     put features may not qualify as tax-exempt interest.

        
     Securities Lending
         

        
              The  Portfolio   may  seek  to  increase  its  income  by  lending
     portfolio securities  to broker-dealers  or other  institutional borrowers.
     Under  present  regulatory  policies  of  the Commission,  such  loans  are
     required  to  be  secured   continuously  by   collateral  in  cash,   cash
     equivalents  or  U.S.   Government  securities  held  by   the  Portfolio's
     custodian  and maintained on a current basis at an amount at least equal to
     the market value  of the securities loaned, which  will be marked to market
     daily. Cash  equivalents include short-term  municipal obligations as  well
     as taxable certificates of  deposit, commercial paper and  other short-term
     money  market instruments.  The Portfolio  would have  the right to  call a
     loan and obtain  the securities loaned at  any time on up  to five business
     days' notice. During the  existence of a loan, the  Portfolio will continue
     to  receive  the equivalent  of  the interest  paid  by the  issuer  on the
     securities loaned and will also receive  a fee, or all or a  portion of the
     interest on  investment of the  collateral, if any.  However, the Portfolio
     may pay lending  fees to such borrowers.  The Portfolio would not  have the
     right to vote  any securities having voting rights  during the existence of
     the loan, but would  call the loan in anticipation of an  important vote to
     be taken among  holders of the securities  or the giving or  withholding of

                                         B-13
<PAGE>






     their  consent on a material matter affecting the investment. As with other
     extensions of credit there are risks  of delay in recovery or even loss  of
     rights in the  securities loaned if  the borrower of  the securities  fails
     financially. However, the loans will  be made only to  organizations deemed
     by the  Portfolio's management  to be  of good  standing and  when, in  the
     judgment  of the  Portfolio's management,  the  consideration which  can be
     earned from  securities loans justifies  the attendant risk.  Distributions
     of any  income realized  by the  Portfolio from  securities  loans will  be
     taxable. If  the management  of the  Portfolio decides  to make  securities
     loans, it is intended  that the  value of the  securities loaned would  not
     exceed 30%  of the Portfolio's  total assets. The Portfolio  has no present
     intention of engaging in securities lending.
         

     Futures Contracts

        
              A change  in the level of  interest rates may affect  the value of
     the  securities held by the Portfolio (or  of securities that the Portfolio
     expects  to  purchase).    To  hedge  against   changes  in  rates  or  for
     non-hedging purposes,  the Portfolio may  enter into (i) futures  contracts
     for  the purchase  or sale  of debt  securities, (ii)  futures contracts on
     securities  indices  and   (iii)  futures  contracts  on   other  financial
     instruments  and  indices.   All  futures  contracts  entered  into by  the
     Portfolio are traded on exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed  and
     regulated by the  Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") and must be
     executed through a futures commission  merchant or brokerage firm  which is
     a member of  the relevant exchange.   The Portfolio may purchase  and write
     call and  put options  on futures contracts  which are  traded on a  United
     States or foreign exchange or board of trade.
         

        
              The  Portfolio   will  engage  in  futures   and  related  options
     transactions  only  for  bona  fide  hedging  purposes  as  defined  in  or
     permitted  by CFTC  regulations.   The  Portfolio  will determine  that the
     price fluctuations  in the  futures contracts  and options  on futures  are
     substantially  related to  price  fluctuations in  securities  held by  the
     Portfolio  or  which it  expects  to  purchase.    The Portfolio's  futures
     transactions will be entered into  for traditional hedging purposes  - that
     is, futures  contracts will  be sold to  protect against  a decline in  the
     price of securities that  the Portfolio owns, or futures contracts  will be
     purchased  to protect  the Portfolio  against an  increase in the  price of
     securities it intends  to purchase.   As evidence  of this hedging  intent,
     the  Portfolio expects  that on 75%  or more of  the occasions  on which it
     takes a  long  futures (or  option)  position  (involving the  purchase  of
     futures contracts), the Portfolio  will have purchased, or  will be in  the
     process  of purchasing,  equivalent amounts  of related  securities in  the
     cash market at the  time when  the futures (or  option) position is  closed
     out.   However, in particular  cases, when it  is economically advantageous
     for the Portfolio to  do so, a long futures position may  be terminated (or
     an option  may expire)  without the corresponding  purchase of  securities.

                                         B-14
<PAGE>






     The Portfolio  will engage in  transactions in futures  and related options
     contracts only  to the  extent such  transactions are  consistent with  the
     requirements   of  the   Internal   Revenue   Code  for   maintaining   the
     qualification of each  of the Portfolio's investment company investors as a
     regulated  investment company  for  federal income  tax purposes  (see "Tax
     Status").
         

              The Portfolio  will be  required, in connection  with transactions
     in futures contracts and the writing of options on futures, to make  margin
     deposits, which  will be held by the  Portfolio's custodian for the benefit
     of the  futures commission merchant  through whom the  Portfolio engages in
     such futures  and options transactions.   Cash  or liquid  high grade  debt
     securities required  to be segregated  in connection with  a "long" futures
     position  taken by the  Portfolio will also be  held by the  custodian in a
     segregated account and will be marked to market daily.

     Portfolio Turnover 

              The  Portfolio cannot  accurately  predict its  portfolio turnover
     rate, but it  is anticipated that the  annual turnover rate will  generally
     not exceed 100% (excluding turnover of securities having a maturity  of one
     year or  less).  A 100%  annual turnover rate would  occur, for example, if
     all the securities held  by the Portfolio were replaced once in a period of
     one  year.    A high  turnover  rate (100%  or  more)  necessarily involves
     greater expenses  to the  Portfolio.   The Portfolio  engages in  portfolio
     trading (including  short-term trading)  if it believes  that a transaction
     including all costs will help in achieving its investment objective.

     Investment Restrictions

              Whenever an investment policy  or investment restriction set forth
     in Part A or this Part  B states a maximum percentage of assets that may be
     invested in  any security or  other asset  or describes a  policy regarding
     quality  standards,  such  percentage  limitation  or   standard  shall  be
     determined  immediately   after  and   as  a  result   of  the  Portfolio's
     acquisition of  such  security or  other  asset.   Accordingly,  any  later
     increase or  decrease resulting  from a change  in values, assets  or other
     circumstances,  other than  a  subsequent  rating change  below  investment
     grade made by  a rating service, will  not compel the Portfolio  to dispose
     of such security or other asset.

              The Portfolio  has adopted  the following  investment restrictions
     which  may  not be  changed  without  the  approval  of the  holders  of  a
     "majority of the  outstanding voting securities" of the Portfolio, which as
     used in this Part B means the lesser of (a) 67%  or more of the outstanding
     voting securities of  the Portfolio present  or represented by  proxy at  a
     meeting  if  the  holders  of more  than  50%  of  the  outstanding  voting
     securities  of the Portfolio  are present or represented  at the meeting or
     (b) more than  50% of the  outstanding voting securities of  the Portfolio.
     The term "voting  securities" as used in  this Part B has the  same meaning
     as in the 1940 Act.  The Portfolio may not:

                                         B-15
<PAGE>







              (1)     Purchase  securities  on  margin  (but  the Portfolio  may
     obtain such short-term  credits as may  be necessary for  the clearance  of
     purchases  and  sales of  securities).    The  deposit or  payment  by  the
     Portfolio  of initial  or  maintenance margin  in  connection with  futures
     contracts  or related options transactions  is not  considered the purchase
     of a security on margin;

              (2)     Make  short  sales  of  securities  or  maintain  a  short
     position, unless at  all times when a short  position is open the Portfolio
     owns an  equal amount of such securities  or securities convertible into or
     exchangeable, without payment of any further  consideration, for securities
     of the same issue  as, and equal in  amount to, the securities  sold short,
     and unless not more than 25%  of the net assets of the Portfolio (taken  at
     current  value) is held as collateral for such sales at any one time.  (The
     Portfolio  will  make   such  sales  only  for  the  purpose  of  deferring
     realization of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes);

              (3)     Purchase securities  of any  issuer if  such purchase,  at
     the  time thereof,  would cause  more  than 10%  of  the total  outstanding
     voting securities of such issuer to be held by the Portfolio;

              (4)     Purchase or retain in its portfolio  any securities issued
     by  an  issuer any  of  whose  officers,  directors,  trustees or  security
     holders is  an officer  or Trustee  or is  a member,  officer, director  or
     trustee of any investment adviser, if after  the purchase of the securities
     of such  issuer  by  the  Portfolio  one  or  more  of  such  persons  owns
     beneficially more than  1/2 of 1% of the shares or  securities or both (all
     taken at  market value) of  such issuer and  such persons owning more  than
     1/2 of 1% of  such shares or securities together own beneficially more than
     5% of such shares or securities or both (all taken at market value);

              (5)     Underwrite or participate  in the marketing of  securities
     of  others, except  insofar  as  it may  technically  be  deemed to  be  an
     underwriter in selling  a portfolio security under circumstances  which may
     require the registration of the same under  the Securities Act of 1933,  or
     participate on a joint  or a joint and several basis in any trading account
     in securities;

              (6)     Lend  any of  its  funds or  other  assets to  any person,
     directly or  indirectly, except (i) through  repurchase agreements and (ii)
     through the loan  of a portfolio security; (The purchase of a portion of an
     issue of  debt obligations,  whether or  not the  purchase is  made on  the
     original issuance, is not considered the making of a loan);

              (7)     Borrow money or  pledge its assets in excess of 1/3 of the
     value of its  net assets (excluding the  amount borrowed) and then  only if
     such borrowing  is incurred  as a  temporary measure  for extraordinary  or
     emergency  purposes  or  to  facilitate  the  orderly   sale  of  portfolio
     securities to  accommodate redemption requests;  or issue securities  other
     than  interests  in  the  Portfolio,  except  as  appropriate  to  evidence
     indebtedness, including reverse repurchase agreements,  which the Portfolio

                                         B-16
<PAGE>






     is permitted to incur.   The Portfolio  will not purchase securities  while
     outstanding  borrowings, including reverse repurchase agreements, exceed 5%
     of its total  assets.   The deposit of  cash, cash  equivalents and  liquid
     debt securities  in a segregated account  with the custodian and/or  with a
     broker   in  connection   with  futures   contracts   or  related   options
     transactions and the  purchase of securities  on a  "when-issued" basis  is
     not deemed to be a pledge;

              (8)     Invest   for  the   purpose   of  exercising   control  or
     management of other companies;

              (9)     Purchase   or   sell   real   estate  (including   limited
     partnership  interests in  real estate,  but  excluding readily  marketable
     interests  in   real  estate  investment   trusts  or  readily   marketable
     securities of companies which  invest or deal in real estate  or securities
     which are secured by real estate);

              (10)    Purchase  or   sell   physical  commodities   or   futures
     contracts for the purchase or  sale of physical commodities,  provided that
     the Portfolio may enter  into all types of futures contracts  on securities
     and  on securities,  economic and other  indices and may  purchase and sell
     options on such futures contracts;

              (11)    Buy investment securities  from or sell them to any of the
     officers or  Trustees  of  the  Portfolio  or  its  investment  adviser  or
     placement agent, as principal; however, any such  person or concerns may be
     employed as a broker upon customary terms; or

              (12)    Purchase  oil, gas  or other  mineral  leases or  purchase
     partnership  interests  in  oil,  gas  or   other  mineral  exploration  or
     development programs.

              For  purposes of  the  investment restrictions  listed  above, the
     determination of the  "issuer" of  a municipal  obligation which  is not  a
     general  obligation bond  will be  made by  the  Investment Adviser  on the
     basis of the  characteristics of the obligation and other relevant factors,
     the most significant  of which is the source  of funds committed to meeting
     interest and principal payments of such obligation.

        
              The Portfolio has adopted  the following investment policies which
     may  be changed by  the Portfolio without approval  of its  investors.  The
     Portfolio may not invest  more than  15% of its  net assets in  investments
     which  are not  readily  marketable,  including restricted  securities  and
     repurchase  agreements  maturing  in  more  than seven  days.    Restricted
     securities for  the purposes of  this limitation do  not include securities
     eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under  the Securities Act of 1933
     and commercial paper issued pursuant to Section  4(2) of said Act that  the
     Board  of  Trustees,  or  its  delegate,  determines to  be  liquid.    The
     Portfolio may not  engage in options,  futures or  forward transactions  if
     more  than 5%  of its  net  assets, as  measured by  the  aggregate of  the
     premiums paid by the Portfolio, would be so invested.

                                         B-17
<PAGE>






         
        
         

              In  order to  permit  the sale  in  certain  states of  shares  of
     certain  open-end   investment  companies  which   are  investors  in   the
     Portfolio,  the  Portfolio may  adopt  policies more  restrictive  than the
     policies described above.   Should the  Portfolio determine  that any  such
     policy  is no  longer  in  the best  interests  of  the Portfolio  and  its
     investors, it will revoke such policy.

        
              On  or about  December 22,  1995, proposals  will be  submitted to
     investors  in the  Portfolio  that would  eliminate,  reclassify, or  amend
     certain of  the Portfolio's fundamental  investment restrictions.   If  the
     proposals are  approved, fundamental investment  restrictions (3), (8)  and
     (11) above  will be  eliminated; fundamental  investment restrictions  (2),
     (4) and  (12)  above will  be  reclassified as  non-fundamental  investment
     restrictions; and  fundamental investment  restrictions (5),  (6), (7)  and
     (10) above will be amended to read as follows:
         

        
              (5)     Underwrite or  participate in the marketing  of securities
     of  others, except  insofar  as  it may  technically  be  deemed to  be  an
     underwriter in selling  a portfolio security under circumstances  which may
     require the registration of the same under the Securities Act of 1933.
         

        
              (6)     Make  loans to  any person, except  by (a) the acquisition
     of debt instruments  and making  portfolio investments,  (b) entering  into
     repurchase agreements and (c) lending portfolio securities. 
         

        
              (7)     Borrow   money  or  issue  senior  securities,  except  as
     permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940.
         

        
              (10)    Purchase or  sell  physical commodities  or contracts  for
     the purchase or sale of physical commodities.
         

        
     If  the proposals  are  approved,  the Portfolio's  fundamental  investment
     restrictions will be reordered and renumbered.
         




                                         B-18
<PAGE>






     Item 14.  Management of the Portfolio

        
              The Trustees  and officers  of  the  Portfolio are  listed  below.
     Except as  indicated, each  individual has held  the office shown  or other
     offices in the  same company  for the last  five years.   Unless  otherwise
     noted, the  business address  of each  Trustee  and officer  is 24  Federal
     Street,  Boston, Massachusetts  02110,  which is  also  the address  of the
     Portfolio's investment  adviser, Boston Management  and Research ("BMR"  or
     the "Investment  Adviser"), which  is  a wholly-owned  subsidiary of  Eaton
     Vance Management  ("Eaton Vance");  of Eaton  Vance's  parent, Eaton  Vance
     Corp. ("EVC"); and of  BMR's and Eaton  Vance's trustee, Eaton Vance,  Inc.
     ("EV").   Eaton Vance and  EV are  both wholly-owned  subsidiaries of  EVC.
     Those Trustees  who are "interested  persons" of the  Portfolio, BMR, Eaton
     Vance,  EVC  or  EV,  as defined  in  the  1940  Act,  by virtue  of  their
     affiliation with any  one or more of  the Portfolio, BMR, Eaton  Vance, EVC
     or EV, are indicated by an asterisk (*).
         

                              TRUSTEES OF THE PORTFOLIO

        
     DONALD R. DWIGHT (64), Trustee
     President   of  Dwight   Partners,   Inc.   (a  corporate   relations   and
     communications  company)  founded  in   1988;  Chairman  of  the  Board  of
     Newspapers  of New  England,  Inc.  since 1983.    Director or  Trustee  of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR. 
     Address: Clover Mill Lane, Lyme, New Hampshire 03768
         

        
     JAMES B. HAWKES (54), Vice President and Trustee*
     Executive Vice President  of BMR, Eaton Vance,  EVC and EV, and  a Director
     of EVC  and EV.   Director  or Trustee  and officer  of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         

        
     SAMUEL L. HAYES, III (60), Trustee
     Jacob  H.  Schiff  Professor  of  Investment  Banking,  Harvard  University
     Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration.    Director or  Trustee  of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address:  Harvard University  Graduate School  of Business  Administration,
     Soldiers Field Road, Boston, Massachusetts 02134
         








                                         B-19
<PAGE>






        
     NORTON H. REAMER (60), Trustee
     President  and Director,  United Asset  Management  Corporation, a  holding
     company  owning  institutional  investment   management  firms.   Chairman,
     President  and Director, UAM Funds (mutual  funds).  Director or Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
         

        
     JOHN L. THORNDIKE (69), Trustee
     Director, Fiduciary Company  Incorporated.  Director or Trustee  of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 175 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
         

        
     JACK L. TREYNOR (65), Trustee
     Investment  Adviser  and  Consultant.    Director  or  Trustee  of  various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 504 Via Almar, Palos Verdes Estates, California 90274
         

                              OFFICERS OF THE PORTFOLIO

        
     THOMAS J. FETTER (52), President
     Vice  President of  BMR,  Eaton  Vance and  EV.    Mr. Fetter  was  elected
     President  of the  Portfolio  on December  13,  1993.   Officer of  various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         

        
     DAVID C. REILLY (38), Vice President 
     Vice President  of BMR  since 1992  and of Eaton  Vance since  1991.   Vice
     President and  municipal  bond analyst,  Scudder,  Stevens &  Clark  (1984-
     1991).  Officer of  various investment companies managed by Eaton  Vance or
     BMR.  Mr.  Reilly was elected Vice  President of the Portfolio on  June 19,
     1995.
         

        
     ROBERT B. MACINTOSH (38), Vice President
     Vice President of  BMR since August  11, 1992, and of  Eaton Vance and  EV.
     Employee of  Eaton  Vance since  March  8, 1991.   Fidelity  Investments  -
     Portfolio Manager  (1986-1991).   Officer of  various investment  companies
     managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  
         





                                         B-20
<PAGE>






        
     JAMES L. O'CONNOR (50), Treasurer
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and  EV.  Officer of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         

        
     THOMAS OTIS (64), Secretary
     Vice President  and Secretary of BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC  and EV.  Officer of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         

        
     JANET E. SANDERS (60), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and  EV.  Officer of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         


        
     A. JOHN MURPHY (32), Assistant Secretary
     Assistant Vice President  of BMR, Eaton Vance  and EV since March  1, 1994;
     employee of  Eaton Vance since  March 1993.   State Regulations Supervisor,
     The  Boston  Company  (1991-1993)  and  Registration  Specialist,  Fidelity
     Management  &  Research Co.  (1986-1991).   Officer  of  various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.   Mr. Murphy was elected Assistant
     Secretary of the Portfolio on March 27, 1995.
         

        
     ERIC G. WOODBURY (38), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of  BMR, Eaton Vance and  EV since February 1993;  formerly,
     associate attorney at Dechert, Price & Rhoads  and Gaston & Snow.   Officer
     of  various  investment companies  managed  by  Eaton Vance  or  BMR.   Mr.
     Woodbury  was elected  Assistant  Secretary of  the  Portfolio on  June 19,
     1995.
         

              Messrs. Thorndike (Chairman), Hayes  and Reamer are members of the
     Special Committee  of  the Board  of  Trustees.   The  Special  Committee's
     functions  include  a  continuous review  of  the  Portfolio's  contractual
     relationship with  the Investment  Adviser, making  recommendations to  the
     Trustees regarding the compensation of  those Trustees who are  not members
     of  the  Eaton  Vance  organization,  and  making  recommendations  to  the
     Trustees regarding  candidates to fill  vacancies, as and  when they occur,
     in  the ranks of  those Trustees  who are  not "interested persons"  of the
     Portfolio or the Eaton Vance organization.

              Messrs. Treynor (Chairman)  and Dwight  are members  of the  Audit
     Committee of  the  Board of  Trustees.    The Audit  Committee's  functions
     include making recommendations to  the Trustees regarding the  selection of
     the  independent certified  public  accountants,  and reviewing  with  such

                                         B-21
<PAGE>






     accountants  and  the  Treasurer  of  the  Portfolio  matters  relative  to
     accounting  and  auditing  practices  and  procedures, accounting  records,
     internal accounting controls, and the functions  performed by the custodian
     and transfer agent of the Portfolio.

        
              The fees and  expenses of those Trustees of the  Portfolio who are
     not members  of the Eaton  Vance organization (the noninterested  Trustees)
     are paid by the Portfolio.  (The  Trustees of the Portfolio who are members
     of  the  Eaton   Vance  organization  receive  no   compensation  from  the
     Portfolio).     During  the  fiscal   year  ended  August   31,  1995,  the
     noninterested Trustees of  the Portfolio earned the  following compensation
     in  their capacities  as Trustees  of the  Portfolio  and, during  the year
     ended September  30,  1995,  earned  the following  compensation  in  their
     capacities  as  Trustees  of  the other  funds  in  the  Eaton  Vance  fund
     complex(1):
         

        
                                       Aggregate
                                       Compensation     Total Compensation
     Name                              from Portfolio   from Fund Complex

     Donald R.
     Dwight                            $1,164(2)        $135,000(4)

     Samuel L.
     Hayes, III                         1,222(3)         150,000(5)

     Norton H.
     Reamer                            1,254             135,000

     John L.
     Thorndike                          1,336            140,000

     Jack L.
     Treynor                           1,235             140,000
         

        
     (1)      The  Eaton   Vance  fund   complex  consists  of   211  registered
              investment companies or series thereof.
     (2)      Includes $294 of deferred compensation.
     (3)      Includes $393 of deferred compensation.
     (4)      Includes $35,000 of deferred compensation.
     (5)      Includes $33,750 of deferred compensation.
         

              Trustees  of the  Portfolio who  are not  affiliated with  BMR may
     elect  to defer  receipt of all  or a  percentage of  their annual  fees in
     accordance with the  terms of a  Trustees Deferred  Compensation Plan  (the
     "Plan").    Under the  Plan,  an eligible  Trustee  may elect  to  have his

                                         B-22
<PAGE>






     deferred fees invested by the Portfolio  in the shares of one or more funds
     in  the Eaton Vance  Family of Funds, and  the amount paid  to the Trustees
     under  the Plan  will  be determined  based  upon the  performance  of such
     investments.  Deferral of  Trustees' fees in accordance with the  Plan will
     have a  negligible effect on  the Portfolio's assets,  liabilities, and net
     income  per share,  and  will  not obligate  the  Portfolio  to retain  the
     services of any  Trustee or obligate  the Portfolio  to pay any  particular
     level of compensation to the Trustee. 

              The  Portfolio's  Declaration  of  Trust  provides  that  it  will
     indemnify  its  Trustees  and officers  against  liabilities  and  expenses
     incurred in  connection  with litigation  in  which  they may  be  involved
     because  of their offices  with the Portfolio,  unless, as  to liability to
     the  Portfolio  or its  investors,  it  is  finally  adjudicated that  they
     engaged in  willful misfeasance, bad  faith, gross  negligence or  reckless
     disregard  of the duties involved in  their offices, or unless with respect
     to any  other matter it  is finally  adjudicated that they  did not act  in
     good  faith in the  reasonable belief that their  actions were  in the best
     interests  of   the  Portfolio.     In   the  case   of  settlement,   such
     indemnification will  not be provided  unless it has  been determined by  a
     court or other body  approving the settlement or other disposition, or by a
     reasonable determination, based upon  a review of readily available  facts,
     by vote of a majority of noninterested Trustees or in a written  opinion of
     independent counsel, that  such officers or  Trustees have  not engaged  in
     willful  misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence  or reckless disregard of
     their duties.

     Item 15.  Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities 

        
              As of December  4, 1995, EV Marathon South  Carolina Tax Free Fund
     (the "Marathon  Fund"), a  series of  Eaton Vance  Municipals Trust,  owned
     approximately 98.0%  of  the value  of  the  outstanding interests  in  the
     Portfolio.  Because the  Marathon Fund controls the Portfolio,  it may take
     actions without the approval of any other investor.   The Marathon Fund has
     informed the Portfolio  that whenever it  is requested to  vote on  matters
     pertaining to  the fundamental policies  of the Portfolio,  it will hold  a
     meeting of  shareholders  and will  cast its  votes  as instructed  by  its
     shareholders.  It  is anticipated that any other  investor in the Portfolio
     which is an investment company  registered under the 1940 Act  would follow
     the same or a similar practice.
         

     Item 16.  Investment Advisory and Other Services

        
              Investment  Adviser.   The  Portfolio  engages  BMR  as investment
     adviser  pursuant to  an Investment  Advisory Agreement  dated February  1,
     1994.    BMR  or  Eaton Vance  acts  as  investment  adviser to  investment
     companies and  various individual and  institutional clients with  combined
     assets under management of approximately $16 billion.
         

                                         B-23
<PAGE>






        
              BMR manages the  investments and affairs of the  Portfolio subject
     to the supervision of  the Portfolio's Board of Trustees.  BMR furnishes to
     the Portfolio  investment research,  advice and  supervision, furnishes  an
     investment program  and determines what securities  will be purchased, held
     or sold  by the  Portfolio and  what portion,  if any,  of the  Portfolio's
     assets  will  be  held  uninvested.    The  Investment  Advisory  Agreement
     requires BMR to pay  the salaries and fees of all  officers and Trustees of
     the Portfolio who are  members of the BMR organization and all personnel of
     BMR performing  services relating  to research  and investment  activities.
     The Portfolio  is responsible for  all expenses not expressly  stated to be
     payable by BMR under the Investment  Advisory Agreement, including, without
     implied  limitation,  (i)   expenses  of  maintaining  the   Portfolio  and
     continuing  its existence,  (ii)  registration of  the Portfolio  under the
     1940 Act, (iii)  commissions, fees and  other expenses  connected with  the
     acquisition, holding and  disposition of securities and  other investments,
     (iv) auditing, accounting  and legal expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi)
     governmental  fees,  (vii)  expenses  of  issue,  sale  and  redemption  of
     interests in the  Portfolio, (viii) expenses of  registering and qualifying
     the Portfolio  and  interests in  the  Portfolio  under federal  and  state
     securities laws  and of preparing  and printing registration statements  or
     other  offering  statements  or   memoranda  for  such  purposes  and   for
     distributing the  same to investors,  and fees and  expenses of registering
     and maintaining  registrations  of the  Portfolio  and of  the  Portfolio's
     placement  agent as  broker-dealer or  agent under  state  securities laws,
     (ix)  expenses of  reports and  notices  to investors  and  of meetings  of
     investors and  proxy  solicitations therefor,  (x) expenses  of reports  to
     governmental  officers  and  commissions,  (xi) insurance  expenses,  (xii)
     association membership  dues, (xiii)  fees, expenses  and disbursements  of
     custodians and subcustodians  for all services to the  Portfolio (including
     without   limitation   safekeeping  for   funds,   securities   and   other
     investments, keeping  of books, accounts and  records, and determination of
     net asset values,  book capital account  balances and  tax capital  account
     balances),  (xiv) fees,  expenses  and  disbursements of  transfer  agents,
     dividend disbursing  agents, investor servicing  agents and registrars  for
     all services to the Portfolio,  (xv) expenses for servicing the accounts of
     investors, (xvi) any direct charges  to investors approved by  the Trustees
     of  the Portfolio,  (xvii)  compensation and  expenses  of Trustees  of the
     Portfolio  who are not  members of  the BMR organization,  and (xviii) such
     nonrecurring items as may arise, including expenses  incurred in connection
     with  litigation,  proceedings  and  claims  and  the  obligation  of   the
     Portfolio  to indemnify its Trustees,  officers and  investors with respect
     thereto.
         

        
              For a description of the compensation that the Portfolio pays  BMR
     under the Investment Advisory Agreement, see  "Management of the Portfolio"
     in Part  A.   As  at  August 31,  1995, the  Portfolio  had net  assets  of
     $61,411,668.   For the  fiscal year  ended August  31, 1995,  the Portfolio
     paid BMR  advisory fees of $198,498 (equivalent to 0.33% of the Portfolio's
     average daily net assets for such year).  For  the period from the start of

                                         B-24
<PAGE>






     business, February 1,  1994, to the fiscal year  ended August 31, 1994, the
     Portfolio  paid  BMR   advisory  fees  of  $106,785  (equivalent  to  0.31%
     (annualized) of the Portfolio's average daily net assets for such period).
         

        
              The  Investment  Advisory Agreement  with  BMR  remains  in effect
     until February 28,  1996.  It may  be continued indefinitely  thereafter so
     long  as such  continuance after  February 28,  1996 is  approved at  least
     annually (i)  by the vote  of a majority of  the Trustees of  the Portfolio
     who are  not interested persons of the  Portfolio or of BMR  cast in person
     at  a meeting  specifically  called  for  the  purpose of  voting  on  such
     approval and  (ii) by the Board of Trustees of the  Portfolio or by vote of
     a majority  of the  outstanding voting securities  of the  Portfolio.   The
     Agreement  may be  terminated at  any time  without penalty  on sixty  (60)
     days' written notice by the  Board of Trustees of either party,  or by vote
     of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio,  and
     the Agreement will  terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
     The Agreement provides  that BMR may render  services to others  and engage
     in other  business activities and may  permit other fund clients  and other
     corporations and  organizations to use  the words "Eaton  Vance" or "Boston
     Management and Research" in their names.  The Agreement also  provides that
     BMR  shall not  be liable  for any  loss  incurred in  connection with  the
     performance  of  its   duties,  or  action  taken  or  omitted  under  that
     Agreement,  in  the  absence  of  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith,  gross
     negligence in the  performance of its duties  or by reason of  its reckless
     disregard  of its  obligations  and duties  thereunder,  or for  any losses
     sustained in the  acquisition, holding or  disposition of  any security  or
     other investment.
         

        
              BMR is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton Vance.   Eaton Vance and
     EV  are both wholly-owned  subsidiaries of  EVC.   BMR and Eaton  Vance are
     both Massachusetts business trusts, and EV is the  trustee of BMR and Eaton
     Vance.   The Directors of  EV are Landon  T. Clay, H. Day  Brigham, Jr., M.
     Dozier  Gardner,  James B.  Hawkes,  and  Benjamin  A. Rowland,  Jr.    The
     Directors of EVC consist of the same persons and  John G.L. Cabot and Ralph
     Z. Sorenson.   Mr. Clay is chairman and Mr.  Gardner is president and chief
     executive officer of EVC, BMR, Eaton  Vance and EV.  All of  the issued and
     outstanding shares of  Eaton Vance and  EV are owned  by EVC.   All of  the
     issued and outstanding  shares of BMR are owned by Eaton Vance.  All shares
     of the outstanding Voting  Common Stock  of EVC are  deposited in a  Voting
     Trust, which expires  on December  31, 1996, the  Voting Trustees of  which
     are  Messrs.  Clay, Brigham,  Gardner,  Hawkes  and  Rowland.   The  Voting
     Trustees have unrestricted voting rights  for the election of  Directors of
     EVC.   All  of  the outstanding  voting  trust receipts  issued  under said
     Voting  Trust are owned by  certain of the officers of  BMR and Eaton Vance
     who are  also officers  and Directors  of EVC and  EV.   As of  October 31,
     1995, Messrs. Clay, Gardner and Hawkes each owned  24% of such voting trust
     receipts, and Messrs.  Rowland and Brigham owned 15% and 13%, respectively,
     of such voting trust  receipts.   Messrs. Hawkes and  Otis are officers  or

                                         B-25
<PAGE>






     Trustees of the Portfolio and are  members of the EVC, BMR, Eaton Vance and
     EV organizations.   Messrs. Fetter, MacIntosh, Murphy, O'Connor, Reilly and
     Woodbury  and  Ms.  Sanders are  officers  of the  Portfolio  and  are also
     members of the BMR,  Eaton Vance  and EV organizations.   BMR will  receive
     the fees paid under the Investment Advisory Agreement.
         


        
              Eaton Vance owns  all of the stock of Energex  Energy Corporation,
     which is engaged in  oil and gas operations.  In addition, Eaton Vance owns
     all of the  stock of Northeast Properties,  Inc., which is engaged  in real
     estate investment,  consulting and management.   EVC owns all  of the stock
     of  Fulcrum Management,  Inc. and  MinVen Inc.,  which are  engaged  in the
     development of precious metal properties.  EVC  also owns 21% of the  Class
     A  shares  of  Lloyd  George  Management  (B.V.I.)  Limited,  a  registered
     investment adviser.   EVC,  BMR, Eaton  Vance and  EV may  also enter  into
     other businesses.
         

              EVC and its affiliates and their officers and employees from  time
     to time  have transactions with  various banks, including  the custodian of
     the  Portfolio,  Investors Bank  &  Trust  Company.   It  is  Eaton Vance's
     opinion  that the terms  and conditions of  such transactions  were not and
     will not  be  influenced  by  existing  or  potential  custodial  or  other
     relationships between the Portfolio and such banks.

        
              Custodian.   Investors  Bank &  Trust Company ("IBT"),  24 Federal
     Street, Boston,  Massachusetts, acts as  custodian for the  Portfolio.  IBT
     has the  custody of all  of the Portfolio's  assets, maintains the  general
     ledger  of  the  Portfolio, and  computes  the  daily  net asset  value  of
     interests in the  Portfolio.   In such capacity  it attends  to details  in
     connection with the sale, exchange,  substitution or transfer of,  or other
     dealings  with, the  Portfolio's investments,  receives  and disburses  all
     funds,  and  performs  various  other ministerial  duties  upon  receipt of
     proper  instructions  from the  Portfolio.    IBT  charges  fees which  are
     competitive within the industry.  A portion of  the fee relates to custody,
     bookkeeping and  valuation  services and  is  based  upon a  percentage  of
     Portfolio net assets and a portion of the fee relates to activity  charges,
     primarily the  number  of portfolio  transactions.    These fees  are  then
     reduced by a credit for cash balances  of the particular investment company
     at the custodian equal  to 75%  of the 91-day,  U.S. Treasury Bill  auction
     rate  applied  to   the  particular  investment  company's   average  daily
     collected balances for the week.  Landon T. Clay,  a Director of EVC and an
     officer,  Trustee  or   Director  of  other  members  of  the  Eaton  Vance
     organization,  owns approximately  13%  of the  stock  of IBT.   Management
     believes  that  such  ownership  does  not   create  an  affiliated  person
     relationship between the Portfolio  and IBT  under the 1940  Act.  For  the
     fiscal year ended August  31, 1995, the Portfolio paid IBT $16,809  for its
     services as custodian.
         

                                         B-26
<PAGE>






        
              Independent Certified Public Accountants.   Deloitte & Touche LLP,
     125 Summer  Street, Boston,  Massachusetts, are  the independent  certified
     public accountants for the Portfolio, providing audit  services, tax return
     preparation,  and   assistance  and  consultation   with  respect  to   the
     preparation of filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
         


     Item 17.  Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

        
              Decisions   concerning   the   execution  of   portfolio  security
     transactions,  including the  selection  of the  market  and the  executing
     firm, are  made  by BMR.   BMR  is also  responsible for  the execution  of
     transactions for all other accounts managed by it.
         

        
              BMR places  the portfolio  security transactions of  the Portfolio
     and of all  other accounts  managed by it  for execution  with many  firms.
     BMR  uses  its best  efforts  to  obtain  execution  of portfolio  security
     transactions  at prices  which  are advantageous  to  the Portfolio  and at
     reasonably competitive  spreads or (when  a disclosed  commission is  being
     charged)  at  reasonably competitive  commission  rates.   In  seeking such
     execution, BMR  will use  its best judgment  in evaluating  the terms of  a
     transaction  and  will  give  consideration  to  various  relevant  factors
     including, without  limitation, the size  and type of  the transaction, the
     nature and character of the  market for the security,  the confidentiality,
     speed and  certainty of effective  execution required for the  transaction,
     the general execution and  operational capabilities of the executing  firm,
     the  reputation, reliability,  experience and  financial  condition of  the
     firm, the value and  quality of the services  rendered by the firm in  this
     and  other  transactions,   and  the  reasonableness  of   the  spread   or
     commission,  if  any.   Municipal  obligations,  including  South  Carolina
     obligations, purchased  and sold by  the Portfolio are  generally traded in
     the  over-the-counter  market on  a  net basis  (i.e.,  without commission)
     through broker-dealers and banks acting  for their own account  rather than
     as brokers, or otherwise involve  transactions directly with the  issuer of
     such obligations.  Such firms  attempt to profit from such  transactions by
     buying at  the  bid price  and selling  at the  higher asked  price of  the
     market for such obligations,  and the difference between the bid  and asked
     price is customarily referred  to as  the spread.   The Portfolio may  also
     purchase municipal  obligations from  underwriters, the  cost of which  may
     include  undisclosed fees and concessions to the underwriters.  While it is
     anticipated  that  the   Portfolio  will  not  pay   significant  brokerage
     commissions in  connection with  such portfolio  security transactions,  on
     occasion it may be  necessary or appropriate to purchase or sell a security
     through a  broker on  an agency  basis, in  which case  the Portfolio  will
     incur  a  brokerage  commission.    Although  spreads  or  commissions   on
     portfolio  security  transactions  will,   in  the  judgment  of   BMR,  be
     reasonable in relation  to the value of  the services provided,  spreads or

                                         B-27
<PAGE>






     commissions  exceeding those which another firm might charge may be paid to
     firms who were  selected to execute transactions on behalf of the Portfolio
     and BMR's  other clients for  providing brokerage and  research services to
     BMR.
         

        
         

        
              As authorized in  Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange  Act of
     1934, a broker or  dealer who executes a portfolio transaction on behalf of
     the  Portfolio may receive a commission which is in excess of the amount of
     commission another broker or dealer  would have charged for  effecting that
     transaction if  BMR  determines in  good  faith  that such  commission  was
     reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage  and research services
     provided.   This determination  may be  made on  the basis  of either  that
     particular transaction  or on  the basis of  overall responsibilities which
     BMR  and  its  affiliates  have  for  accounts  over  which  they  exercise
     investment discretion.   In  making any  such determination,  BMR will  not
     attempt  to place  a specific  dollar value  on the brokerage  and research
     services provided or to determine what portion of the commission  should be
     related to  such services.   Brokerage  and research  services may  include
     advice  as to the  value of securities,  the advisability  of investing in,
     purchasing or  selling securities,  and the availability  of securities  or
     purchasers  or  sellers  of securities;  furnishing  analyses  and  reports
     concerning issuers,  industries, securities, economic  factors and  trends,
     portfolio strategy  and the performance  of accounts; effecting  securities
     transactions  and   performing  functions   incidental  thereto  (such   as
     clearance and settlement); and the  "Research Services" referred to  in the
     next paragraph.
         

        
              It  is a common  practice of the investment  advisory industry and
     of  the advisers of investment  companies, institutions and other investors
     to receive research, statistical and quotation  services, data, information
     and other  services, products and  materials which assist  such advisers in
     the performance  of their investment responsibilities ("Research Services")
     from  broker-dealer firms  which  execute  portfolio transactions  for  the
     clients  of  such  advisers  and   from  third  parties  with   which  such
     broker-dealers  have arrangements.    Consistent  with this  practice,  BMR
     receives Research  Services from  many broker-dealer firms  with which  BMR
     places  the Portfolio's  transactions  and from  third  parties with  which
     these broker-dealers  have arrangements.   These Research Services  include
     such matters as general economic  and market reviews, industry  and company
     reviews,   evaluations   of  securities   and   portfolio  strategies   and
     transactions and recommendations  as to the purchase and sale of securities
     and   other   portfolio   transactions,  financial,   industry   and  trade
     publications,  news   and  information  services,  pricing   and  quotation
     equipment and services, and research oriented  computer hardware, software,
     data bases and  services.  Any particular Research Service obtained through

                                         B-28
<PAGE>






     a  broker-dealer may  be used  by  BMR in  connection with  client accounts
     other than  those accounts  which pay  commissions  to such  broker-dealer.
     Any  such Research Service  may be broadly  useful and  of value to  BMR in
     rendering investment advisory services to  all or a significant  portion of
     its clients,  or may be relevant and useful  for the management of only one
     client's account or  of a few clients' accounts,  or may be useful  for the
     management of merely  a segment of certain clients' accounts, regardless of
     whether any such  account or accounts paid commissions to the broker-dealer
     through which  such Research Service was  obtained.  The advisory  fee paid
     by the  Portfolio  is  not  reduced  because  BMR  receives  such  Research
     Services.  BMR  evaluates the  nature and quality  of the various  Research
     Services  obtained through  broker-dealer firms  and  attempts to  allocate
     sufficient commissions to  such firms to  ensure the  continued receipt  of
     Research  Services which  BMR believes  are useful  or  of value  to it  in
     rendering investment advisory services to its clients.
         

        
              Subject to  the requirement that BMR shall use its best efforts to
     seek and  execute portfolio  security transactions  at advantageous  prices
     and  at  reasonably  competitive  spreads  or   commission  rates,  BMR  is
     authorized to  consider as a factor in the selection  of any firm with whom
     portfolio  orders may  be placed  the fact  that such  firm has  sold or is
     selling shares of any investment company  sponsored by BMR or Eaton  Vance.
     This policy is not inconsistent with a rule of the National Association  of
     Securities  Dealers, Inc.,  which rule  provides that  no firm  which is  a
     member  of the  Association  shall favor  or  disfavor the  distribution of
     shares  of  any  particular  investment  company  or  group  of  investment
     companies on the  basis of brokerage  commissions received  or expected  by
     such firm from any source.
         

        
              Municipal  obligations considered as investments for the Portfolio
     may  also be appropriate  for other investment  accounts managed  by BMR or
     its affiliates.   BMR will attempt to allocate equitably portfolio security
     transactions  among  the   Portfolio  and  the  portfolios   of  its  other
     investment  accounts purchasing  municipal  obligations whenever  decisions
     are made to purchase  or sell securities by  the Portfolio and one  or more
     of such other  accounts simultaneously.   In making  such allocations,  the
     main factors to be considered  are the respective investment  objectives of
     the  Portfolio and  such  other accounts,  the  relative size  of portfolio
     holdings of the  same or comparable  securities, the  availability of  cash
     for investment  by the Portfolio and such  accounts, the size of investment
     commitments  generally held  by  the Portfolio  and  such accounts  and the
     opinions  of the persons  responsible for  recommending investments  to the
     Portfolio  and  such  accounts.     While  this  procedure  could   have  a
     detrimental effect  on the price or  amount of the securities  available to
     the Portfolio from time to time,  it is the opinion of the Trustees of  the
     Portfolio that the  benefits available  from the BMR  organization outweigh
     any   disadvantage  that   may   arise   from  exposure   to   simultaneous
     transactions.

                                         B-29
<PAGE>






         

        
              For the  fiscal year  ended August  31, 1995,  and for  the period
     from the  start of  business, February 1,  1994, to  the fiscal year  ended
     August 31, 1994, the Portfolio  paid no brokerage commissions  on portfolio
     transactions.
         


     Item 18.  Capital Stock and Other Securities

              Under  the  Portfolio's Declaration  of  Trust,  the  Trustees are
     authorized to issue interests in  the Portfolio.  Investors are entitled to
     participate pro rata  in distributions of  taxable income,  loss, gain  and
     credit  of the Portfolio.  Upon  dissolution of the Portfolio, the Trustees
     shall liquidate the  assets of the  Portfolio and apply and  distribute the
     proceeds  thereof as follows:  (a) first, to the  payment of  all debts and
     obligations  of   the  Portfolio  to   third  parties  including,   without
     limitation, the retirement  of outstanding debt, including any debt owed to
     holders of  record  of interests  in  the  Portfolio ("Holders")  or  their
     affiliates, and the  expenses of liquidation, and to  the setting up of any
     reserves  for contingencies  which  may be  necessary;  and (b)  second, in
     accordance with the Holders'  positive Book Capital Account  balances after
     adjusting Book  Capital Accounts  for certain allocations  provided in  the
     Declaration of Trust and in  accordance with the requirements  described in
     Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2).  Notwithstanding  the
     foregoing, if the  Trustees shall determine that an  immediate sale of part
     or all  of the  assets  of the  Portfolio  would cause  undue loss  to  the
     Holders, the  Trustees, in  order to  avoid such  loss,  may, after  having
     given notification  to all the Holders,  to the extent not  then prohibited
     by the  law of any  jurisdiction in which  the Portfolio is  then formed or
     qualified and  applicable in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of
     and withhold from  distribution for  a reasonable  time any  assets of  the
     Portfolio  except those  necessary  to satisfy  the  Portfolio's debts  and
     obligations  or  distribute  the  Portfolio's  assets  to  the  Holders  in
     liquidation.  Interests in  the Portfolio  have no preference,  preemptive,
     conversion or similar rights and  are fully paid and  nonassessable, except
     as  set forth below.   Interests in the  Portfolio may  not be transferred.
     Certificates  representing an  investor's  interest  in the  Portfolio  are
     issued only upon the written request of a Holder.

              Each Holder is  entitled to  vote in proportion  to the  amount of
     its  interest in  the  Portfolio.   Holders do  not have  cumulative voting
     rights.  The  Portfolio is  not required and  has no  current intention  to
     hold annual  meetings of Holders, but  the Portfolio will  hold meetings of
     Holders when in the  judgment of the Portfolio's  Trustees it is  necessary
     or desirable to  submit matters to  a vote of  Holders at a  meeting.   Any
     action which may  be taken  by Holders may  be taken  without a meeting  if
     Holders holding more  than 50% of all  interests entitled to vote  (or such
     larger proportion  thereof as shall be required by any express provision of
     the  Declaration  of Trust  of  the Portfolio)  consent  to  the action  in

                                         B-30
<PAGE>






     writing  and the  consents  are  filed  with  the records  of  meetings  of
     Holders.

              The Portfolio's  Declaration of Trust  may be amended  by vote  of
     Holders of  more than 50% of all interests  in the Portfolio at any meeting
     of Holders or by an  instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a
     majority of the Trustees and  consented to by the Holders of more  than 50%
     of all  interests.  The  Trustees may also  amend the Declaration of  Trust
     (without the vote or  consent of Holders) to change the Portfolio's name or
     the state or  other jurisdiction whose law  shall be the governing  law, to
     supply  any  omission   or  cure,  correct  or  supplement  any  ambiguous,
     defective or  inconsistent provision, to  conform the Declaration of  Trust
     to applicable  Federal law or  regulations or  to the  requirements of  the
     Internal  Revenue Code,  or  to change,  modify  or rescind  any provision,
     provided that such  change, modification or rescission is determined by the
     Trustees to  be  necessary or  appropriate and  not  to have  a  materially
     adverse effect on the financial interests of the  Holders.  No amendment of
     the Declaration of Trust  which would change any rights with respect to any
     Holder's interest in the Portfolio  by reducing the amount  payable thereon
     upon liquidation  of the  Portfolio may be  made, except  with the vote  or
     consent of the Holders of two-thirds of  all interests.  References in  the
     Declaration of  Trust  and  in  Part  A or  this  Part  B  to  a  specified
     percentage of,  or fraction of,  interests in the  Portfolio, means Holders
     whose  combined Book  Capital  Account  balances represent  such  specified
     percentage or  fraction of  the combined  Book Capital  Account balance  of
     all, or a specified group of, Holders.

              The   Portfolio  may   merge   or  consolidate   with   any  other
     corporation,  association,  trust  or other  organization  or  may  sell or
     exchange  all  or substantially  all  of its  assets  upon  such terms  and
     conditions  and  for such  consideration  when  and  as  authorized by  the
     Holders of  (a) 67% or  more of the  interests in the  Portfolio present or
     represented at the meeting of  Holders, if Holders of more than 50%  of all
     interests are  present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of all
     interests, whichever is less.   The Portfolio may be terminated (i)  by the
     affirmative vote of Holders  of not less than  two-thirds of all  interests
     at  any meeting  of  Holders  or by  an  instrument  in writing  without  a
     meeting,  executed  by  a majority  of  the  Trustees and  consented  to by
     Holders  of not  less  than two-thirds  of all  interests,  or (ii)  by the
     Trustees by written notice to the Holders.

         
              In accordance with the  Declaration of Trust, there normally  will
     be  no meetings  of  the investors  for the  purpose  of electing  Trustees
     unless and until such time  as less than a majority of the Trustees holding
     office have been elected by  investors.  In such an event, the  Trustees of
     the  Portfolio then  in  office will  call  an investors'  meeting  for the
     election of Trustees.  Except  for the foregoing circumstances,  and unless
     removed  by action  of  the investors  in  accordance with  the Portfolio's
     Declaration of Trust,  the Trustees shall  continue to hold office  and may
     appoint successor Trustees.
         

                                         B-31
<PAGE>






        
              The  Declaration of Trust provides that no person shall serve as a
     Trustee if investors  holding two-thirds of the outstanding  interests have
     removed him from  that office either by  a written declaration or  by votes
     cast  at a  meeting called  for that  purpose.   The  Declaration of  Trust
     further provides that under  certain circumstances, the investors  may call
     a  meeting  to remove  a  Trustee and  that  the Portfolio  is  required to
     provide assistance in communicating with investors about such a meeting.
         


              The  Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York.   Investors in  the Portfolio will  be held personally  liable
     for its obligations  and liabilities, subject, however,  to indemnification
     by the  Portfolio in  the event that  there is  imposed upon an  investor a
     greater portion  of the liabilities  and obligations of  the Portfolio than
     its proportionate  interest in  the Portfolio.   The  Portfolio intends  to
     maintain fidelity  and errors and  omissions  insurance  deemed adequate by
     the Trustees.  Therefore,  the risk of an investor incurring financial loss
     on account of investor liability is limited  to circumstances in which both
     inadequate insurance exists and the Portfolio itself is  unable to meet its
     obligations.

              The Declaration of Trust further provides that obligations of  the
     Portfolio are not binding upon  the Trustees individually but only upon the
     property  of the Portfolio and that the Trustees will not be liable for any
     action or failure to  act, but nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects
     a Trustee against  any liability to which he  would otherwise be subject by
     reason  of willful  misfeasance, bad faith,  gross negligence,  or reckless
     disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

     Item 19.  Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities 

     
              Interests in the Portfolio  are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section 4(2) of  the Securities Act of 1933.  See "Purchase of Interests
     in the Portfolio" and "Redemption or Decrease of Interest" in Part A.
     

     Item 20.  Tax Status

        
              The Portfolio has  been advised by tax counsel that,  provided the
     Portfolio  is operated at all times during its existence in accordance with
     certain organizational and  operational documents, the Portfolio  should be
     classified as a  partnership under the  Internal Revenue Code  of 1986,  as
     amended (the "Code"), and it should not  be a "publicly traded partnership"
     within  the  meaning  of  Section 7704  of  the  Code.   Consequently,  the
     Portfolio does  not expect  that it  will be  required to  pay any  federal
     income  tax,  and  a  Holder will  be  required  to  take  into account  in


                                         B-32
<PAGE>






     determining its federal income tax  liability its share of  the Portfolio's
     income, gains, losses, deductions and tax preference items.
         

        
              Under Subchapter K of the Code, a partnership is  considered to be
     either an aggregate of its members or a separate entity depending upon  the
     factual  and  legal  context  in  which  the  question  arises.  Under  the
     aggregate approach,  each partner is  treated as an  owner of an  undivided
     interest in partnership  assets and operations. Under  the entity approach,
     the partnership is treated  as a separate entity in which partners  have no
     direct interest  in partnership  assets and  operations. The Portfolio  has
     been advised by tax  counsel that, in the  case of a  Holder that seeks  to
     qualify  as a  RIC,  the aggregate  approach  should apply,  and  each such
     Holder should  accordingly be deemed to  own a proportionate share  of each
     of the assets of  the Portfolio and to be  entitled to the gross  income of
     the Portfolio attributable to that  share for purposes of  all requirements
     of  Sections 851(b) and 852(b)(5)  of the Code.  Further, the Portfolio has
     been advised  by tax counsel  that each Holder  that seeks to  qualify as a
     RIC should  be deemed to  hold its proportionate  share of the  Portfolio's
     assets for the period  the Portfolio has held the assets  or for the period
     the Holder has  been an  investor in the  Portfolio, whichever is  shorter.
     Investors should consult  their tax  advisers regarding whether  the entity
     or the aggregate approach applies to  their investment in the Portfolio  in
     light of  their particular tax status and any  special tax rules applicable
     to them.
         

        
              In  order to enable  a Holder  in the Portfolio that  is otherwise
     eligible  to  qualify as  a  RIC,  the  Portfolio intends  to  satisfy  the
     requirements of Subchapter M of the Code relating  to sources of income and
     diversification of  assets as if they were  applicable to the Portfolio and
     to allocate and  permit withdrawals in a  manner that will enable  a Holder
     which is  a RIC  to comply  with those  requirements.   The Portfolio  will
     allocate at least  annually to each  Holder its distributive  share of  the
     Portfolio's net  taxable (if  any)  and tax-exempt  investment income,  net
     realized capital  gains,  and  any  other  items  of  income,  gain,  loss,
     deduction  or credit  in  a manner  intended to  comply  with the  Code and
     applicable  Treasury regulations.   Tax  counsel has  advised the Portfolio
     that the Portfolio's  allocations of taxable  income and  loss should  have
     "economic effect" under applicable Treasury regulations.
         

        
              To the  extent the  cash  proceeds of  any withdrawal  (or,  under
     certain  circumstances, such  proceeds  plus the  value  of any  marketable
     securities  distributed  to  an  investor)  ("liquid  proceeds")  exceed  a
     Holder's  adjusted basis of his interest  in the Portfolio, the Holder will
     generally  realize  a gain  for  federal income  tax purposes.  If,  upon a
     complete  withdrawal (redemption  of  the  entire interest),  the  Holder's
     adjusted basis  of  his  interest  exceeds  the  liquid  proceeds  of  such

                                         B-33
<PAGE>






     withdrawal, the Holder  will generally realize  a loss  for federal  income
     tax purposes.   The tax consequences  of a withdrawal  of property (instead
     of or in  addition to liquid proceeds) will be different and will depend on
     the specific  factual  circumstances.   A  Holder's  adjusted basis  of  an
     interest  in the  Portfolio  will generally  be  the aggregate  prices paid
     therefor  (including the  adjusted basis  of  contributed property  and any
     gain recognized  on such  contribution), increased  by the  amounts of  the
     Holder's distributive share  of items of income (including  interest income
     exempt from  federal income tax)  and realized net  gain of the  Portfolio,
     and  reduced,  but not  below  zero, by  (i)  the amounts  of  the Holder's
     distributive share of items  of Portfolio loss, and (ii) the amount  of any
     cash distributions (including distributions of interest  income exempt from
     federal  income  tax  and  cash  distributions  on   withdrawals  from  the
     Portfolio) and  the basis to  the Holder of  any property received by  such
     Holder other  than  in liquidation,  and  (iii) the  Holder's  distributive
     share   of  the   Portfolio's   nondeductible  expenditures   not  properly
     chargeable to capital account.  Increases or decreases in a Holder's  share
     of  the Portfolio's liabilities may  also result in corresponding increases
     or  decreases in such adjusted basis.   Distributions of liquid proceeds in
     excess  of a  Holder's adjusted  basis  in its  interest  in the  Portfolio
     immediately prior thereto  generally will result in the recognition of gain
     to the Holder in the amount of such excess.
         

        
              The Portfolio  may acquire zero coupon  or other securities issued
     with original  issue  discount.   As the  holder of  those securities,  the
     Portfolio must account for the  original issue discount (even  on municipal
     securities) that  accrues on the  securities during the  taxable year, even
     if it receives no  corresponding payment on the securities during the year.
     Because each  Holder that is  a RIC annually  must distribute substantially
     all of its  investment company taxable  income and  net tax-exempt  income,
     including any  original issue discount, to qualify  for treatment as a RIC,
     any such Holder may be  required in a particular  year to distribute as  an
     "exempt-interest  dividend"  an  amount  that  is  greater  than  its  pro-
     portionate  share  of the  total  amount  of  cash  the Portfolio  actually
     receives.  Those distributions will be made  from the Holder's cash assets,
     if any, or from  its proportionate share of the Portfolio's cash  assets or
     the  proceeds of sales  of the  Portfolio's securities, if  necessary.  The
     Portfolio  may realize  capital  gains or  losses  from those  sales, which
     would increase or  decrease the  investment company  taxable income  and/or
     net capital gain (the  excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-
     term capital loss) of a Holder that is a RIC.   In addition, any such gains
     may be realized on  the disposition of securities held for less  than three
     months.   Because of the  Short-Short Limitation (defined  below), any such
     gains would reduce  the Portfolio's ability  to sell  other securities,  or
     options  or futures  contracts, held  for less  than three  months  that it
     might wish to sell in the ordinary course of its portfolio management.
         

        


                                         B-34
<PAGE>






              Investments  in  lower rated  or  unrated  securities  may present
     special  tax issues  for the  Portfolio and  hence  to an  investor in  the
     Portfolio to  the extent actual or anticipated defaults  may be more likely
     with respect to  such securities.  Tax  rules are not entirely  clear about
     issues  such as when  the Portfolio may cease  to accrue interest, original
     issue discount, or market discount; when and to what extent deductions  may
     be  taken for bad debts  or worthless securities;  how payments received on
     obligations in  default should be  allocated between principal and  income;
     and whether  exchanges  of  debt  obligations  in  a  workout  context  are
     taxable.
         


        
              In order  for a  Holder that is a  RIC to  be entitled to  pay the
     tax-exempt   interest   income   the   Portfolio   allocates   to   it   as
     exempt-interest  dividends to  its shareholders,  the  Holder must  satisfy
     certain requirements, including  the requirement that, at the close of each
     quarter of its  taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets
     consists of  obligations the  interest on  which is  excludable from  gross
     income  under  Section  103(a) of  the  Code.    The Portfolio  intends  to
     concentrate  its investments  in such  tax-exempt obligations  to an extent
     that will enable a RIC that invests its  investable assets in the Portfolio
     to satisfy this 50% requirement.  
         

        
              Interest  on certain  municipal obligations  is treated  as a  tax
     preference  item  for  purposes of  the  federal  alternative  minimum tax.
     Holders  that are required to file federal  income tax returns are required
     to report  tax-exempt interest allocated to  them by the Portfolio  on such
     returns.
         

              From time  to time proposals have  been introduced before Congress
     for the  purpose  of restricting  or  eliminating  the Federal  income  tax
     exemption for  interest on certain  types of municipal  obligations, and it
     can be  expected that  similar proposals may  be introduced in  the future.
     Under  Federal tax  legislation  enacted in  1986,  the Federal  income tax
     exemption for interest on  certain municipal obligations was eliminated  or
     restricted.    As  a  result  of  such  legislation,  the  availability  of
     municipal obligations for investment by the Portfolio  and the value of the
     Portfolio may be affected.

        
              In the  course  of managing  its investments,  the  Portfolio  may
     realize some  short-term and long-term  capital gains (and/or  losses) as a
     result of market transactions, including sales  of portfolio securities and
     rights  to when-issued  securities and  options  and futures  transactions.
     The  Portfolio may  also  realize taxable  income  from certain  short-term
     taxable  obligations,  securities  loans,  a  portion   of  original  issue
     discount with respect  to certain stripped municipal  obligations or  their

                                         B-35
<PAGE>






     stripped  coupons  and  certain  realized  accrued  market  discount.   Any
     allocations of such  capital gains or other taxable income to Holders would
     be taxable to  Holders that are  subject to tax.   However, it is  expected
     that such amounts, if  any, would normally be insubstantial in  relation to
     the tax-exempt interest earned by the Portfolio.
         

        
              The  Portfolio's  transactions in  options  and futures  contracts
     will be subject to  special tax  rules that may  affect the amount,  timing
     and  character  of  its  items of  income,  gain  or  loss  and  hence  the
     allocations of such  items to investors.   For  example, certain  positions
     held by the Portfolio  on the last business  day of each taxable  year will
     be marked to market (i.e., treated  as if closed out on such day), and  any
     resulting gain or loss will generally be  treated as 60% long-term and  40%
     short-term  capital gain or loss.   Certain positions held by the Portfolio
     that substantially  diminish the Portfolio's  risk of loss  with respect to
     other positions  in  its portfolio  may constitute  "straddles," which  are
     subject  to  tax  rules  that  may  cause  deferral  of  Portfolio  losses,
     adjustments in  the holding period of  Portfolio securities  and conversion
     of short-term into long-term capital losses. 
         

        
              Income from transactions in  options and futures contracts derived
     by the  Portfolio with respect to  its business of investing  in securities
     will qualify as permissible  income for its Holders that are RICs under the
     requirement that at least  90% of  a RIC's gross  income each taxable  year
     consist  of specified types  of income.   However,  income from  the dispo-
     sition  by the  Portfolio of options  and futures  contracts held  for less
     than three  months will be subject  to the requirement applicable  to those
     Holders  that less  than 30%  of a  RIC's  gross income  each taxable  year
     consist of certain short-term gains ("Short-Short Limitation").
         

        
              If the  Portfolio satisfies certain requirements,  any increase in
     value of a position that is part of a  "designated hedge" will be offset by
     any decrease in  value (whether realized or not)  of the offsetting hedging
     position  during  the period  of  the  hedge  for  purposes of  determining
     whether  the Holders  that  are RICs  satisfy  the Short-Short  Limitation.
     Thus,  only the  net  gain  (if any)  from  the  designated hedge  will  be
     included in gross  income for purposes of  that limitation.  The  Portfolio
     will consider whether it should seek to qualify  for this treatment for its
     hedging transactions.  To  the extent the Portfolio does not so qualify, it
     may be forced to  defer the  closing out of  options and futures  contracts
     beyond the  time when it otherwise would be advantageous to do so, in order
     for Holders that are RICs to continue to qualify as such.
         

              Interest on  indebtedness incurred or continued by  an investor to
     purchase or carry  an investment in the Portfolio  is not deductible to the

                                         B-36
<PAGE>






     extent it is  deemed attributable to the investor's investment, through the
     Portfolio,  in   tax-exempt  obligations.     Further,   persons  who   are
     "substantial  users"  (or  persons  related  to   "substantial  users")  of
     facilities financed  by industrial  development or  private activity  bonds
     should consult  their  tax  advisers  before investing  in  the  Portfolio.
     "Substantial  user"  is  defined  in  applicable  Treasury  regulations  to
     include a "non-exempt  person" who regularly  uses in  trade or business  a
     part of a  facility financed from  the proceeds  of industrial  development
     bonds and would  likely be interpreted  to include  private activity  bonds
     issued to finance similar facilities.



        
              An entity  that is treated  as a partnership under  the Code, such
     as the  Portfolio, is  generally treated as  a partnership under  state and
     local   tax  laws,   but   certain  states   may   have  different   entity
     classification criteria  and may  therefore reach  a different  conclusion.
     Entities that  are classified as  partnerships are not  treated as separate
     taxable entities under most state  and local tax laws, and the income  of a
     partnership is considered  to be income of  partners both in timing  and in
     character.    The exemption  of  interest  income  for  Federal income  tax
     purposes does not necessarily  result in exemption under the  income or tax
     laws  of any  state or local  taxing authority.   The  laws of  the various
     states and local taxing  authorities vary with respect  to the taxation  of
     such interest income,  as well as to  the status of a  partnership interest
     under  state and  local tax  laws, and each  holder of  an interest  in the
     Portfolio is advised to consult his own tax adviser.
         

              The foregoing discussion  does not address  the special  tax rules
     applicable to certain  classes of  investors, such as  tax-exempt entities,
     insurance companies and  financial institutions.  Investors  should consult
     their own  tax advisers with respect to special tax rules that may apply in
     their  particular situations, as  well as the  state, local  or foreign tax
     consequences of investing in the Portfolio.

     Item 21.  Underwriters

         
              The   placement   agent  for   the   Portfolio   is   Eaton  Vance
     Distributors,  Inc., which  receives no  compensation  for serving  in this
     capacity.   Investment  companies, common  and commingled  trust  funds and
     similar  organizations  and   entities  may  continuously  invest   in  the
     Portfolio.
         


     Item 22.  Calculation of Performance Data

     Not applicable.


                                         B-37
<PAGE>






     Item 23.  Financial Statements

        
              The  following  audited financial  statements  of  the  Portfolio,
     which are  included in  the Annual  Report to  Shareholders of EV  Marathon
     South  Carolina Tax Free  Fund for the fiscal  year ended  August 31, 1995,
     are  incorporated   by  reference  into  this  Part  B  and  have  been  so
     incorporated in  reliance  upon the  report  of  Deloitte and  Touche  LLP,
     independent  certified public  accountants, as  experts  in accounting  and
     auditing.  
         


        
              Portfolio of Investments as of August 31, 1995
              Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of August 31, 1995
              Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1995
              Statement of  Changes in  Net  Assets for  the fiscal  year  ended
              August 31,  1995, and for the  period from the start  of business,
              February 1, 1994, to the fiscal year ended August 31, 1994
              Supplementary Data for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1995,  and
              for  the period from the  start of business,  February 1, 1994, to
              the fiscal year ended August 31, 1994
              Notes to Financial Statements
              Independent Auditors' Report
         

        
              For  purposes  of  the EDGAR  filing  of  this  amendment  to  the
     Portfolio's  registration   statement,   the  Portfolio   incorporates   by
     reference  the  above   audited  financial  statements  of   the  Portfolio
     contained  in  the Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  of  EV Marathon  South
     Carolina  Tax Free  Fund  for the  fiscal year  ended  August 31,  1995, as
     previously   filed  electronically   with  the   Securities   and  Exchange
     Commission (Accession Number 0000950135-95-002233).
         

















                                         B-38
<PAGE>






                                       APPENDIX

                          Description of Securities Ratings+

                           Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

     Municipal Bonds

     Aaa: Bonds which are rated Aaa  are judged to be of the best quality.  They
     carry the smallest degree of investment risk and  are generally referred to
     as  "gilt edged."   Interest payments  are protected  by a  large or  by an
     exceptionally stable margin  and principal is  secure.   While the  various
     protective  elements  are   likely  to  change,  such  changes  as  can  be
     visualized are most  unlikely to  impair the fundamentally  strong position
     of such issues.

     Aa: Bonds  which are  rated Aa  are judged  to be  of high  quality by  all
     standards.   Together with the  Aaa group they  comprise what are generally
     known  as high  grade bonds.   They  are rated  lower  than the  best bonds
     because margins of protection may  not be as large as in Aaa  securities or
     fluctuation of protective  elements may be  of greater  amplitude or  there
     may  be  other  elements  present  which make  the  long  term  risk appear
     somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

     A: Bonds which  are rated A  possess many  favorable investment  attributes
     and  are  to be  considered  as  upper-medium-grade obligations.    Factors
     giving security  to  principal and  interest are  considered adequate,  but
     elements  may be  present  which  suggest  a susceptibility  to  impairment
     sometime in the future.

     Baa: Bonds which are rated  Baa are considered as  medium-grade obligations
     (i.e., they are  neither highly protected  nor poorly  secured).   Interest
     payments  and  principal  security  appear  adequate  for  the  present but
     certain protective  elements may  be lacking or  may be  characteristically
     unreliable over  any great length  of time.   Such  bonds lack  outstanding
     investment characteristics and in fact have  speculative characteristics as
     well.

     Ba: Bonds  which are  rated  Ba are  judged to  have speculative  elements;
     their  future cannot be considered  as well assured.   Often the protection
     of interest  and principal payments  may be very  moderate and  thereby not
     well  safeguarded  during  other  good  and  bad  times  over  the  future.
     Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.


     ---------------
     + The ratings indicated  herein are believed to be the most  recent ratings
     available at the  date of this  Registration Statement  for the  securities
     listed.    Ratings  are  generally  given  to securities  at  the  time  of
     issuance.   While the  rating agencies may  from time  to time revise  such
     ratings, they undertake no obligation  to do so, and the  ratings indicated


                                         a-1
<PAGE>






     do not  necessarily  represent  ratings  which  would  be  given  to  these
     securities on the date of the Portfolio's fiscal year end.

     B: Bonds which are rated B generally  lack characteristics of the desirable
     investment.    Assurance   of  interest   and  principal  payments   or  of
     maintenance  of other terms  of the contract over  any long  period of time
     may be small.

     Caa: Bonds which are  rated Caa are of poor  standing.  Such issues  may be
     in default  or there  may be  present elements  of danger  with respect  to
     principal or interest.

     Ca: Bonds  which are rated  Ca represent obligations  which are speculative
     in  a high degree.   Such issues are often in  default or have other marked
     shortcomings.

     C: Bonds which are rated C are the lowest  rated class of bonds, and issues
     so rated  can  be regarded  as  having  extremely poor  prospects  of  ever
     attaining any real investment standing.

     Absence of  Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has
     been suspended  or  withdrawn,  it may  be  for  reasons unrelated  to  the
     quality of the issue. 

     Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

              1.      An application for rating was not received or accepted.
              2.      The issue  or issuer belongs  to a group  of securities or
                      companies that are not rated as a matter of policy.
              3.      There is a  lack of essential data pertaining to the issue
                      or issuer.
              4.      The issue  was privately placed, in  which case the rating
                      is not published in Moody's publications.

     Suspension  or  withdrawal may  occur  if  new and  material  circumstances
     arise, the effects of which  preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no
     longer available  reasonable up-to-date  data to  permit a  judgment to  be
     formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.

     Note:  Moody's applies  numerical modifiers,  1, 2, and  3 in each  generic
     rating classification  from  Aa through  B  in  its corporate  bond  rating
     system.   The modifier  1 indicates that the  security ranks  in the higher
     end of its  generic rating category; the  modifier 2 indicates a  mid-range
     ranking; and  the modifier 3  indicates that the  issue ranks in the  lower
     end of its generic rating category.

     Municipal Short-Term Obligations

     Ratings:   Moody's  ratings for state  and municipal short-term obligations
     will be  designated  Moody's  Investment  Grade  or  (MIG).    Such  rating
     recognizes the differences  between short term  credit risk  and long  term
     risk.   Factors affecting  the liquidity  of the  borrower  and short  term

                                         a-2
<PAGE>






     cyclical elements are critical in  short term ratings, while  other factors
     of  major importance in  bond risk, long  term secular  trends for example,
     may be less important over the short run.

     A short  term rating  may  also be  assigned on  an issue  having a  demand
     feature, variable  rate demand  obligation (VRDO).   Such  ratings will  be
     designated as  VMIGI, SG  or if  the demand feature  is not  rated, NR.   A
     short term rating on  issues with demand features are differentiated by the
     use of  the VMIGI symbol  to reflect such  characteristics as payment  upon
     periodic demand rather  than fixed maturity  dates and  payment relying  on
     external liquidity.   Additionally, investors  should be alert  to the fact
     that the source  of payment may be  limited to the external  liquidity with
     no or  limited legal recourse to the issuer in the  event the demand is not
     met.

     Commercial Paper

     Moody's commercial  paper ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
     repay  punctually promissory obligations not having an original maturity in
     excess of 365 days.

     Issuers  (or supporting  institutions) rated Prime-1  (P-1) have a superior
     ability for  repayment of senior  short-term debt obligations.   Prime-1 or
     P-1 repayment  ability will often  be evidenced  by many  of the  following
     characteristics:

       -      Leading market positions in well established industries.

       -      High rates of return on funds employed.

       -      Conservative  capitalization structure  with moderate  reliance on
              debt and ample asset protection.

       -      Broad margins  in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and
              high internal cash generation.

       -      Well  established  access to  a  range  of financial  markets  and
              assured sources of alternate liquidity.

     Prime-2

     Issuers  (or supporting  institutions) rated  Prime-2  (P-2) have  a strong
     ability for repayment  of senior short-term  debt obligations.   This  will
     normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics  cited above, but to a
     lesser degree.  Earnings  trends and coverage  ratios, while sound, may  be
     more subject  to variation.   Capitalization  characteristics, while  still
     appropriate, may be  more affected by external conditions.  Ample alternate
     liquidity is maintained.





                                         a-3
<PAGE>






     Prime-3

     Issuers  (or   supporting  institutions)  rated   Prime-3  (P-3)  have   an
     acceptable  ability for  repayment of  senior short-term  obligations.  The
     effect  of industry  characteristics  and market  compositions may  be more
     pronounced.    Variability in  earnings  and  profitability  may result  in
     changes in  the  level of  debt  protection  measurements and  may  require
     relatively  high  financial  leverage.   Adequate  alternate  liquidity  is
     maintained.












































                                         a-4
<PAGE>






                                  Standard & Poor's 

     Investment Grade

     AAA: Debt rated  AAA has the highest  rating assigned by S&P.   Capacity to
     pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

     AA: Debt rated AA has  a very strong capacity  to pay interest and  differs
     from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

     A: Debt rated A has a  strong capacity to pay interest and  repay principal
     although  it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes
     in  circumstances  and  economic  conditions  than  debt  in  higher  rated
     categories.

     BBB: Debt  rated BBB  is regarded  as having  an adequate  capacity to  pay
     interest  and  repay  principal.   Whereas  it  normally  exhibit  adequate
     protection   parameters,   adverse   economic   conditions   or    changing
     circumstances  are  more likely  to  lead to  a  weakened  capacity to  pay
     interest  and repay  principal for  debt in  this category  than in  higher
     rated categories.

     Speculative Grade

     Debt rated  BB, B,  CCC,  CC, and  C is  regarded as  having  predominantly
     speculative characteristics  with respect to  capacity to pay interest  and
     repay principal.   BB indicates the least  degree of speculation and  C the
     highest.   While such  debt will  likely have  some quality  and protective
     characteristics,  these are  outweighed  by  large uncertainties  or  major
     exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB: Debt rated  BB has less near-term  vulnerability to default than  other
     speculative issues.    However, it  faces  major ongoing  uncertainties  or
     exposure  to adverse  business,  financial,  or economic  conditions  which
     could lead to  inadequate capacity to  meet timely  interest and  principal
     payments.   The BB  rating category is also  used for  debt subordinated to
     senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB-  rating.

     B: Debt rated  B has a greater  vulnerability to default but  currently has
     the capacity to meet interest  payments and principal repayments.   Adverse
     business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity  or
     willingness to pay interest  and repay principal.  The B rating category is
     also used for  debt subordinated to senior debt  that is assigned an actual
     or implied BB or BB- rating.

     CCC: Debt rated  CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default,
     and  is  dependent   upon  favorable  business,  financial,   and  economic
     conditions to meet timely payment  of interest and repayment  of principal.
     In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic  conditions, it is
     not likely to have the capacity  to pay interest and repay principal.   The
     CCC rating category is  also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that
     is assigned an actual or implied B or B- rating.

                                         a-5
<PAGE>






     CC: The rating CC is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior  debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

     C: The rating  C is typically applied  to debt subordinated to  senior debt
     which is assigned  an actual or implied CCC- debt rating.  The C rating may
     be used to  cover a situation where  a bankruptcy petition has  been filed,
     but debt service payments are continued.

     C1: The Rating  C1 is  reserved for income  bonds on which  no interest  is
     being paid.

     D: Debt rated D is in  payment default.  The D rating category is used when
     interest payments or  principal payments are not made  on the date due even
     if the applicable grace  period has not expired,  unless S&P believes  that
     such  payments will be  made during such grace  period.  The  D rating also
     will be  used upon  the filing  of a  bankruptcy petition  if debt  service
     payments are jeopardized.

     Plus (+) or Minus  (-): The ratings from AA to  CCC may be modified by  the
     addition of  a plus  or minus  sign to  show relative  standing within  the
     major rating categories.

     p: The letter "p" indicates that the rating  is provisional.  A provisional
     rating assumes the successful completion  of the project being  financed by
     the  debt  being  rated  and   indicates  that  payment  of   debt  service
     requirements  is largely  or  entirely dependent  upon  the successful  and
     timely  completion of the project.  This rating,  however, while addressing
     credit quality  subsequent to completion  of the project,  makes no comment
     on  the  likelihood of,  or  the  risk  of  default upon  failure  of  such
     completion.  The investor  should exercise his own judgment with respect to
     such likelihood and risk.

     L:  The letter  "L"  indicates that  the rating  pertains to  the principal
     amount  of those bonds to the extent that the underlying deposit collateral
     is  insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corp.  and  interest  is
     adequately collateralized.   In  the case  of certificates  of deposit  the
     letter "L" indicates  that the deposit, combined with other deposits, being
     held in  the same  right and capacity,  will be  honored for principal  and
     accrued pre-default interest up to  the federal insurance limits  within 30
     days after closing of  the insured  institution or, in  the event that  the
     deposit is assumed by a successor insured institution, upon maturity.

     NR: NR indicates no rating  has been requested, that there is  insufficient
     information  on which  to  base  a rating,  or  that S&P  does  not rate  a
     particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

     Municipal Notes

     S&P's note ratings reflect the  liquidity concerns and market  access risks
     unique to notes.   Notes due in 3 years or less  will likely receive a note
     rating.    Notes  maturing  beyond  3  years  will  most  likely  receive a


                                         a-6
<PAGE>






     long-term debt rating.  The following criteria will be used in making  that
     assessment:

       -      Amortization schedule  (the larger the final  maturity relative to
              other maturities the more likely it will be treated as a note).

       -      Sources of payment (the more dependent the issue is on the  market
              for its  refinancing, the  more  likely it  will be  treated as  a
              note).

     Note rating symbols are as follows:

     SP-1: Strong  capacity  to  pay  principal  and  interest.    Those  issues
     determined to possess very strong  characteristics will be given  a plus(+)
     designation.

     SP-2:  Satisfactory  capacity  to pay  principal  and  interest  with  some
     vulnerability to adverse financial and  economic changes over the  terms of
     the note.

     SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

     Commercial Paper

     S&P's commercial paper ratings are  a current assessment of  the likelihood
     of timely payment of debts considered short-term in the relevant market.

     A: Issues assigned this highest rating are regarded as having the  greatest
     capacity for timely payment.   Issues in this category are  delineated with
     the numbers 1, 2 and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

     A-1: This designation  indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
     payment is strong.   Those issues  determined to  possess extremely  strong
     safety characteristics are denoted with a plus (+) sign designation.

     A-2:  Capacity  for timely  payment  on  issues  with  this designation  is
     satisfactory.  However, the  relative degree  of safety is  not as high  as
     for issues designated "A-1".

     A-3:  Issues carrying  this designation  have adequate  capacity for timely
     payment.   They  are, however, more  vulnerable to  the adverse  effects of
     changes   in   circumstances   than   obligations   carrying   the   higher
     designations.

     B: Issues rated "B"  are regarded as  having only speculative capacity  for
     timely payment.

     C: This  rating is assigned  to short term  debt obligations with  doubtful
     capacity for payment.

     D: Debt rated 'D' is in payment default.   The 'D' rating category is  used
     when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date  due,

                                         a-7
<PAGE>






     even if the applicable  grace period had  not expired, unless S&P  believes
     that such payments will be made during such grace period.



















































                                         a-8
<PAGE>






                            Fitch Investors Service, Inc.

     Investment Grade Bond Ratings

     AAA: Bonds  considered to  be investment  grade and  of the highest  credit
     quality.  The  obligor has an exceptionally strong  ability to pay interest
     and  repay  principal, which  is  unlikely  to  be  affected by  reasonably
     foreseeable events.

     AA:  Bonds  considered to  be  investment  grade and  of  very high  credit
     quality.   The  obligor's ability  to pay  interest and  repay principal is
     very strong, although  not quite as strong  as bonds rated 'AAA'.   Because
     bonds rated  in  the  'AAA'  and  'AA'  categories  are  not  significantly
     vulnerable to  foreseeable future  developments, short-term  debt of  these
     issuers is generally rated 'F-1+'.

     A: Bonds  considered to  be investment  grade and  of high  credit quality.
     The obligors ability to pay  interest and repay principal is  considered to
     be strong,  but  may be  more  vulnerable to  adverse  changes in  economic
     conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

     BBB: Bonds considered  to be investment  grade and  of satisfactory  credit
     quality.  The  obligor's ability  to pay  interest and  repay principal  is
     considered to  be adequate.   Adverse  changes in  economic conditions  and
     circumstances, however, are  more likely to  have adverse  impact on  these
     bonds,  and therefore,  impair  timely payment.    The likelihood  that the
     ratings of these bonds  will fall below investment grade is higher than for
     bonds with higher ratings.

     High Yield Bond Ratings

     BB:  Bonds  are considered  speculative.    The  obligor's  ability to  pay
     interest and repay principal may be affected over time by  adverse economic
     changes.  However,  business and financial alternatives  can be  identified
     that could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

     B: Bonds are considered highly speculative.  While bonds in this class  are
     currently meeting debt  service requirements, the probability  of continued
     timely payment  of principal  and interest  reflects the obligor's  limited
     margin of  safety  and  the  need  for  reasonable  business  and  economic
     activity throughout the life of the issue.

     CCC:  Bonds  have  certain  identifiable  characteristics   which,  if  not
     remedied, may  lead to default.   The ability to  meet obligations requires
     an advantageous business and economic environment.

     CC: Bonds  are minimally protected.  Default in  payment of interest and/or
     principal seems probable over time.

     C: Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.



                                         a-9
<PAGE>






     DDD,  DD,  and  D:  Bonds  are  in  default  on  interest and/or  principal
     payments.   Such bonds  are extremely speculative  and should  be valued on
     the   basis  of   their   ultimate  recovery   value   in  liquidation   or
     reorganization of the  obligor.  `DDD' represents the highest potential for
     recovery on  these  bonds, and  `D'  represents  the lowest  potential  for
     recovery.

     Plus (+)  or Minus (-): The  ratings from  AA to C  may be modified  by the
     addition of a plus  or minus sign  to indicate the  relative position of  a
     credit within the rating category.

     NR: Indicates that Fitch does not rate the specific issue.

     Conditional: A conditional rating is premised on the successful  completion
     of a project or the occurrence of a specific event.

     Investment Grade Short-Term Ratings

     Fitch's short-term  ratings apply to  debt obligations that  are payable on
     demand or  have  original  maturities  of  generally  up  to  three  years,
     including commercial  paper,  certificates of  deposit, medium-term  notes,
     and municipal and investment notes.

     F-1+: Exceptionally  Strong Credit Quality.   Issues  assigned this  rating
     are  regarded  as having  the  strongest  degree  of  assurance for  timely
     payment.

     F-1: Very Strong  Credit Quality.   Issues assigned this rating  reflect an
     assurance of  timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated
     'F-1+'.

     F-2: Good Credit Quality.  Issues carrying this  rating have a satisfactory
     degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of  safety is not as
     great as the `F-1+' and `F-1' categories.

     F-3:   Fair   Credit   Quality.     Issues   carrying   this   rating  have
     characteristics  suggesting that the degree of assurance for timely payment
     is  adequate;   however,  near-term  adverse   change  could  cause   these
     securities to be rated below investment grade.

                                   * * * * * * * *

     Notes: Bonds which  are unrated expose the  investor to risks with  respect
     to capacity  to pay interest  or repay principal  which are similar to  the
     risks  of lower-rated speculative bonds.  The Portfolio is dependent on the
     Investment Adviser's  judgment, analysis and  experience in the  evaluation
     of such bonds.

     Investors  should note  that  the assignment  of a  rating to  a bond  by a
     rating  service may not  reflect the  effect of recent  developments on the
     issuer's ability to make interest and principal payments.


                                         a-10
<PAGE>






                                       PART C 


     Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

              (a)     Financial Statements

        
                      The  financial statements  called  for  by this  Item  are
                      incorporated by reference  in Part B and listed in Item 23
                      hereof.
         

              (b)     Exhibits

        
                      1.       (a)  Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1992 filed
                               herewith.
         

                               (b)  Amendment to  the Declaration of Trust dated
                               June 13, 1994 filed herewith.

        
                               (c)   Form  of  Amendment to  the  Declaration of
                               Trust dated January 1, 1996 filed herewith.
         

         
                      2.       By-Laws of the Registrant dated May 1, 1992 filed
                               herewith.
         

                      5.       Investment   Advisory   Agreement   between   the
                               Registrant  and  Boston  Management  and Research
                               dated February 1, 1994 filed herewith.

                      6.       Placement  Agent  Agreement   with  Eaton   Vance
                               Distributors, Inc. dated February  1, 1994  filed
                               herewith.

        
                      8.       (a)   Custodian Agreement  with Investors  Bank &
                               Trust  Company  dated   February  1,  1994  filed
                               herewith.
         

        
                               (b)  Amendment to  the Custodian Agreement  dated
                               October 23, 1995 filed herewith.
         


                                         c-1
<PAGE>






        
                      13.      Investment representation letter  of Eaton  Vance
                               Municipals Trust  on behalf of  Eaton Vance South
                               Carolina  Tax Free  Fund dated November  19, 1993
                               filed herewith.
         

     Item 25.  Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

              Not applicable.

     Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities

        
                           (1)                        (2)
                                                   Number of
                      Title of Class            Record Holders
                      _______________           __________________
                                         As of December 4, 1995
         

                       Interests                       4                        
           

     Item 27.  Indemnification

              No change from the  information set forth in Item 27 of  Form N-1A
     in the original  Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

              The Trustees and  officers of the Registrant and the  personnel of
     the  Registrant's  investment  adviser  are  insured  under an  errors  and
     omissions liability insurance  policy.  The Registrant and its officers are
     also  insured under  the fidelity  bond  required by  Rule 17g-1  under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940.

     Item 28.  Business and Other Connections

              To  the  knowledge  of  the Portfolio,  none  of  the trustees  or
     officers of  the Portfolio's investment adviser, except as set forth on its
     Form  ADV as filed with the Securities  and Exchange Commission, is engaged
     in any other  business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial
     nature,  except that  certain  trustees  and  officers  also  hold  various
     positions with  and engage  in business  for affiliates  of the  investment
     adviser.

     Item 29.  Principal Underwriters

              Not applicable.




                                         c-2
<PAGE>






     Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records

        
              All  applicable  accounts,  books  and  documents required  to  be
     maintained by the  Registrant by Section  31(a) of  the Investment  Company
     Act of 1940 and  the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession and
     custody of the Registrant's custodian,  Investors Bank & Trust  Company, 89
     South  Street,  Boston, MA    02111, and  its  transfer  agent, First  Data
     Investor Services  Group, Inc., 53  State Street, Boston,  MA  02104,  with
     the  exception  of  certain  corporate  documents   and  portfolio  trading
     documents  which are  in  the possession  and  custody of  the Registrant's
     investment  adviser  at  24  Federal  Street,  Boston,  MA    02110.    The
     Registrant  is informed  that all applicable  accounts, books and documents
     required to  be maintained  by registered  investment advisers  are in  the
     custody and possession of the Registrant's investment adviser.
         

     Item 31.  Management Services

              Not applicable.

     Item 32.  Undertakings

              Not applicable.





























                                         c-3
<PAGE>






        
                                     SIGNATURES 
         

        
              Pursuant  to  the requirements  of the  Investment Company  Act of
     1940, the Registrant  has duly caused  this amendment  to the  Registration
     Statement on  Form N-1A  to be  signed on  its behalf  by the  undersigned,
     thereunto  duly  authorized in  the  City  of  Boston  and Commonwealth  of
     Massachusetts on the 19th day of December, 1995.
         

        
                                       SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
         


        
                                       By: /s/ Thomas J. Fetter
                                          Thomas J. Fetter
                                          President
         































                                         c-4
<PAGE>







                                  INDEX TO EXHIBITS



     Exhibit No.      Description of Exhibit
     ____________     ________________________


        
     1.               (a)  Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1992 
         

        
                      (b)  Amendment  to the Declaration of Trust dated June 13,
                      1994 
         

        
                      (c)  Form of Amendment  to the Declaration of  Trust dated
                      January 1, 1996
         

        
     2.               By-Laws of the Registrant dated May 1, 1992 
         

        
     5.               Investment Advisory  Agreement between the Registrant  and
                      Boston Management and Research dated February 1, 1994 
         

        
     6.               Placement Agent Agreement with  Eaton Vance  Distributors,
                      Inc. dated February 1, 1994 
         

        
     8.               (a)   Custodian  Agreement  with  Investors Bank  &  Trust
                      Company dated February 1, 1994 
         

        
                      (b)   Amendment to the  Custodian Agreement dated  October
                      23, 1995 
         

        
     13.              Investment   representation   letter   of   Eaton    Vance
                      Municipals Trust on  behalf of Eaton Vance  South Carolina
                      Tax Free Fund dated November 19, 1993
         

                                         c-5
<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                          SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                                ______________________

                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                               Dated as of May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----

     ARTICLE I--The Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

              Section 1.1      Name  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
              Section 1.2      Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Trustees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

              Section 2.1      Number and Qualification  . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.2      Term and Election . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.3      Resignation, Removal and Retirement . . . . .   3
              Section 2.4      Vacancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.5      Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.6      Officers; Chairman of the Board . . . . . . .   5
              Section 2.7      By-Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE III--Powers of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

              Section 3.1       General  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.2       Investments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.3       Legal Title  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.4       Sale and Increases of Interests  . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.5       Decreases and Redemptions of Interests . . .   7
              Section 3.6       Borrow Money . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.7       Delegation; Committees . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.8       Collection and Payment . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.9       Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.10 Miscellaneous Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.11 Further Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE IV--Investment Advisory, Administration and Placement Agent
                               Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              Section 4.1      Investment Advisory, Administration and Other
                                       Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 4.2      Parties to Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

     ARTICLE V--Liability of Holders; Limitations of Liability of Trustees,
                               Officers, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

              Section 5.1      Liability of Holders; Indemnification . . . .   9
              Section 5.2      Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
                                       Employees, Agents, Independent
                                       Contractors to Third Parties  . . . .   9
              Section 5.3      Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
                                       Employees, Agents, Independent
                                       Contractors to Trust, Holders, etc. .  10
              Section 5.4      Mandatory Indemnification . . . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.5      No Bond Required of Trustees  . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.6      No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust 
<PAGE>






                                       Instruments, etc  . . . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.7      Reliance on Experts, etc  . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VI--Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

              Section 6.1      Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 6.2      Non-Transferability . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 6.3      Register of Interests . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VII--Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests  . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VIII--Determination of Book Capital Account Balances,
                               and Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              Section 8.1      Book Capital Account Balances . . . . . . . .  12
              Section 8.2      Allocations and Distributions to Holders  . .  12
              Section 8.3      Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures  . . . .  13

     ARTICLE IX--Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

              Section 9.1      Rights of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.2      Meetings of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.3      Notice of Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.4      Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc.  13
              Section 9.5      Proxies, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.6      Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.7      Inspection of Records . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.8      Holder Action by Written Consent  . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.9      Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

     ARTICLE X--Duration; Termination; Amendment; Mergers; Etc.  . . . . . .  15
                 

              Section 10.1     Duration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
              Section 10.2     Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
              Section 10.3     Dissolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.4     Amendment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.5     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets  . .  18
              Section 10.6     Incorporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18


     ARTICLE XI--Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              Section 11.1     Certificate of Designation; Agent for 
                                       Service of Process  . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.2     Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.3     Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.4     Reliance by Third Parties . . . . . . . . . .  20
              Section 11.5     Provisions in Conflict With Law or
                                       Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
<PAGE>






                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                          OF

                          SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                                          
                           -------------------------------


              This DECLARATION OF TRUST of South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio is
     made as of the 1st day of May, 1992 by the parties signatory hereto, as
     Trustees (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof).

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                ------------------- 

              WHEREAS, the Trustees desire to form a trust fund under the law
     of the State of New York for the investment and reinvestment of its
     assets; and

              WHEREAS, it is proposed that the trust assets be composed of
     money and property contributed thereto by the holders of interests in the
     trust entitled to ownership rights in the trust;

              NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold
     in trust all money and property contributed to the trust fund and will
     manage and dispose of the same for the benefit of the holders of interests
     in the Trust and subject to the provisions hereof, to wit:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                      THE TRUST

              1.1.    Name.  The name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall be South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio and so far as may be
     practicable the Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all
     documents and sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the word
     "Trust" wherever hereinafter used) shall refer to the Trustees as
     Trustees, and not individually, and shall not refer to the officers,
     employees, agents or independent contractors of the Trust or holders of
     interests in the Trust.  

              1.2.    Definitions.  As used in this Declaration, the following
     terms shall have the following meanings:

              "Administrator" shall mean any party furnishing services to the
     Trust pursuant to any administration contract described in Section 4.1
     hereof.

              "Book Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time,
     the Book Capital Account of the Holder for such day, determined in
     accordance with Section 8.1 hereof. 
<PAGE>






              "Code" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the
     U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding
     provision or provisions of succeeding law).

              "Commission" shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange
     Commission.

              "Declaration" shall mean this Declaration of Trust as amended
     from time to time.  References in this Declaration to "Declaration",
     "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" shall be deemed to refer to this
     Declaration rather than the article or section in which any such word
     appears.

              "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the
     Trustees which ends on September 30 of each year or on such other day as
     is permitted or required by the Code.

              "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Institutional Investor(s)" shall mean any regulated investment
     company, segregated asset account, foreign investment company, common
     trust fund, group trust or other investment arrangement, whether organized
     within or without the United States of America, other than an individual,
     S corporation, partnership or grantor trust beneficially owned by any
     individual, S corporation or partnership.

              "Interest(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the Trust,
     including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by this
     Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such basis as the Trustees shall from
     time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances. 
     Reference herein to a specified percentage of, or fraction of, Interests,
     means Holders whose combined Book Capital Account balances represent such
     specified percentage or fraction of the combined Book Capital Account
     balances of all, or a specified group of, Holders.

              "Interested Person" shall have the meaning given it in the 1940
     Act.

              "Investment Adviser" shall mean any party furnishing services to
     the Trust pursuant to any investment advisory contract described in
     Section 4.1 hereof.

              "Majority Interests Vote" shall mean the vote, at a meeting of
     Holders, of (A) 67% or more of the Interests present or represented at
     such meeting, if Holders of more than 50% of all Interests are present or
     represented by proxy, or (B) more than 50% of all Interests, whichever is
     less.


                                          2
<PAGE>






              "Person" shall mean and include individuals, corporations,
     partnerships, trusts, associations, joint ventures and other entities,
     whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political
     subdivisions thereof.

              "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of
     a Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero, and the term "redeem" shall mean to effect a
     Redemption.

              "Trustees" shall mean each signatory to this Declaration, so long
     as such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the terms
     hereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been
     duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in accordance
     with the provisions hereof and are then in office, and reference in this
     Declaration to a Trustee or Trustees shall refer to such individual or
     individuals in their capacity as Trustees hereunder.

              "Trust Property" shall mean as of any particular time any and all
     property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which at such time is
     owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees.

              The "1940 Act" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of
     1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations
     thereunder.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       TRUSTEES

              2.1.    Number and Qualification.  The number of Trustees shall
     be fixed from time to time by action of the Trustees taken as provided in
     Section 2.5 hereof; provided, however, that the number of Trustees so
     fixed shall in no event be less than three or more than 15.  Any vacancy
     created by an increase in the number of Trustees may be filled by the
     appointment of an individual having the qualifications described in this
     Section 2.1 made by action of the Trustees taken as provided in Section
     2.5 hereof.  Any such appointment shall not become effective, however,
     until the individual named in the written instrument of appointment shall
     have accepted in writing such appointment and agreed in writing to be
     bound by the terms of this Declaration.  No reduction in the number of
     Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office. 
     Whenever a vacancy occurs, until such vacancy is filled as provided in
     Section 2.4 hereof, the Trustees continuing in office, regardless of their
     number, shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall
     discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.  A
     Trustee shall be an individual at least 21 years of age who is not under
     legal disability.

              2.2.    Term and Election.  Each Trustee named herein, or elected
     or appointed prior to the first meeting of Holders, shall (except in the

                                          3
<PAGE>






     event of resignations, retirements, removals or vacancies pursuant to
     Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 hereof) hold office until a successor to such
     Trustee has been elected at such meeting and has qualified to serve as
     Trustee, as required under the 1940 Act.  Subject to the provisions of
     Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act and except as provided in Section 2.3
     hereof, each Trustee shall hold office during the lifetime of the Trust
     and until its termination as hereinafter provided.

              2.3.    Resignation, Removal and Retirement.  Any Trustee may
     resign his or her trust (without need for prior or subsequent accounting)
     by an instrument in writing executed by such Trustee and delivered or
     mailed to the Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary of the
     Trust and such resignation shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a
     later date according to the terms of the instrument.  Any Trustee may be
     removed by the affirmative vote of Holders of two-thirds of the Interests
     or (provided the aggregate number of Trustees, after such removal and
     after giving effect to any appointment made to fill the vacancy created by
     such removal, shall not be less than the number required by Section 2.1
     hereof) with cause, by the action of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees. 
     Removal with cause includes, but is not limited to, the removal of a
     Trustee due to physical or mental incapacity or failure to comply with
     such written policies as from time to time may be adopted by at least
     two-thirds of the Trustees with respect to the conduct of the Trustees and
     attendance at meetings.  Any Trustee who has attained a mandatory
     retirement age, if any, established pursuant to any written policy adopted
     from time to time by at least two-thirds of the Trustees shall,
     automatically and without action by such Trustee or the remaining
     Trustees, be deemed to have retired in accordance with the terms of such
     policy, effective as of the date determined in accordance with such
     policy.  Any Trustee who has become incapacitated by illness or injury as
     determined by a majority of the other Trustees, may be retired by written
     instrument executed by a majority of the other Trustees, specifying the
     date of such Trustee's retirement.  Upon the resignation, retirement or
     removal of a Trustee, or a Trustee otherwise ceasing to be a Trustee, such
     resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee shall execute and deliver
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose of
     conveying to the Trust or the remaining Trustees any Trust Property held
     in the name of such resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee.  Upon
     the death of any Trustee or upon removal, retirement or resignation due to
     any Trustee's incapacity to serve as Trustee, the legal representative of
     such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee shall execute and
     deliver on behalf of such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose set
     forth in the preceding sentence.

              2.4.    Vacancies.  The term of office of a Trustee shall
     terminate and a vacancy shall occur in the event of the death,
     resignation, retirement, adjudicated incompetence or other incapacity to
     perform the duties of the office, or removal, of a Trustee.  No such
     vacancy shall operate to annul this Declaration or to revoke any existing
     agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration.  In the case of
     a vacancy, Holders of at least a majority of the Interests entitled to

                                          4
<PAGE>






     vote, acting at any meeting of Holders held in accordance with Section 9.2
     hereof, or, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, a majority vote of
     the Trustees continuing in office acting by written instrument or
     instruments, may fill such vacancy, and any Trustee so elected by the
     Trustees or the Holders shall hold office as provided in this Declaration.

              2.5.    Meetings.  Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from
     time to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, the President, the
     Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or any two Trustees, at such time, on
     such day and at such place, as shall be designated in the notice of the
     meeting.  The Trustees shall hold an annual meeting for the election of
     officers and the transaction of other business which may come before such
     meeting.  Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or
     notice at a time and place fixed by the By-Laws or by resolution of the
     Trustees.  Notice of any other meeting shall be given by mail, by telegram
     (which term shall include a cablegram), by telecopier or delivered
     personally (which term shall include by telephone).  If notice is given by
     mail, it shall be mailed not later than 48 hours preceding the meeting and
     if given by telegram, telecopier or personally, such notice shall be sent
     or delivery made not later than 24 hours preceding the meeting.  Notice of
     a meeting of Trustees may be waived before or after any meeting by signed
     written waiver.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose
     of, any meeting of the Trustees need be stated in the notice or waiver of
     notice of such meeting.  The attendance of a Trustee at a meeting shall
     constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in
     which a Trustee attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at
     the commencement of such meeting, to the transaction of any business on
     the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.  The
     Trustees may act with or without a meeting, but no notice need be given of
     action proposed to be taken by written consent.  A quorum for all meetings
     of the Trustees shall be a majority of the Trustees.  Unless provided
     otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Trustees may be taken at
     a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees present (a quorum being
     present) or without a meeting by written consent of a majority of the
     Trustees.

              Any committee of the Trustees, including an executive committee,
     if any, may act with or without a meeting.  A quorum for all meetings of
     any such committee shall be a majority of the members thereof.  Unless
     provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of any such committee
     may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the members present (a
     quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent of a
     majority of the members.

              With respect to actions of the Trustees and any committee of the
     Trustees, Trustees who are Interested Persons of the Trust or otherwise
     interested in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum purposes
     under this Section 2.5 and shall be entitled to vote to the extent
     permitted by the 1940 Act.

              All or any one or more Trustees may participate in a meeting of
     the Trustees or any committee thereof by means of a conference telephone

                                          5
<PAGE>






     or similar communications equipment by means of which all individuals
     participating in the meeting can hear each other and participation in a
     meeting by means of such communications equipment shall constitute
     presence in person at such meeting.

              2.6.    Officers; Chairman of the Board.  The Trustees shall,
     from time to time, elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The
     Trustees may elect or appoint, from time to time, a Chairman of the Board
     who shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees and carry out such other
     duties as the Trustees may designate.  The Trustees may elect or appoint
     or authorize the President to appoint such other officers, agents or
     independent contractors with such powers as the Trustees may deem to be
     advisable.  The Chairman, if any, shall be and each other officer may, but
     need not, be a Trustee.

              2.7.    By-Laws.  The Trustees may adopt and, from time to time,
     amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                  POWERS OF TRUSTEES

              3.1.    General.  The Trustees shall have exclusive and absolute
     control over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust to the
     same extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of the Trust Property
     and such business in their own right, but with such powers of delegation
     as may be permitted by this Declaration.  The Trustees may perform such
     acts as in their sole discretion they deem proper for conducting the
     business of the Trust.  The enumeration of or failure to mention any
     specific power herein shall not be construed as limiting such exclusive
     and absolute control.  The powers of the Trustees may be exercised without
     order of or resort to any court.

              3.2.    Investments.  The Trustees shall have power to:

                      (a)      conduct, operate and carry on the business of an
     investment company;

                      (b)      subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase
     or otherwise acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange,
     distribute or otherwise deal in or dispose of U.S. and foreign currencies
     and related instruments including forward contracts, and securities,
     including common and preferred stock, warrants, bonds, debentures, time
     notes and all other evidences of indebtedness, negotiable or non-
     negotiable instruments, obligations, certificates of deposit or
     indebtedness, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase
     agreements, convertible securities, forward contracts, options, futures
     contracts, and other securities, including, without limitation, those
     issued, guaranteed or sponsored by any state, territory or possession of
     the United States and the District of Columbia and their political
     subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, or by the U.S. Government,

                                          6
<PAGE>






     any foreign government, or any agency, instrumentality or political
     subdivision of the U.S. Government or any foreign government, or any
     international instrumentality, or by any bank, savings institution,
     corporation or other business entity organized under the laws of the
     United States or under any foreign laws; and to exercise any and all
     rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest in respect of any
     and all such  investments of any kind and description, including, without
     limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto,
     with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of such
     rights, powers and privileges in respect of any of such investments; and
     the Trustees shall be deemed to have the foregoing powers with respect to
     any additional instruments in which the Trustees may determine to invest.

              The Trustees shall not be limited to investing in obligations
     maturing before the possible termination of the Trust, nor shall the
     Trustees be limited by any law limiting the investments which may be made
     by fiduciaries.

              3.3.    Legal Title.  Legal title to all Trust Property shall be
     vested in the Trustees as joint tenants except that the Trustees shall
     have the power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or
     in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the Trust,
     or in the name or nominee name of any other Person on behalf of the Trust,
     on such terms as the Trustees may determine.

              The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the Trust
     Property shall vest automatically in each individual who may hereafter
     become a Trustee upon his due election and qualification.  Upon the
     resignation, removal or death of a Trustee, such resigning, removed or
     deceased Trustee shall automatically cease to have any right, title or
     interest in any Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such
     resigning, removed or deceased Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest
     automatically in the remaining Trustees.  Such vesting and cessation of
     title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been
     executed and delivered.

              3.4.    Sale and Increases of Interests.  The Trustees, in their
     discretion, may, from time to time, without a vote of the Holders, permit
     any Institutional Investor to purchase an Interest, or increase its
     Interest, for such type of consideration, including cash or property, at
     such time or times (including, without limitation, each business day), and
     on such terms as the Trustees may deem best, and may in such manner
     acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets subject to, and
     in connection with the assumption of, liabilities) and businesses. 
     Individuals, S corporations, partnerships and grantor trusts that are
     beneficially owned by any individual, S corporation or partnership may not
     purchase Interests.  A Holder which has redeemed its Interest may not be
     permitted to purchase an Interest until the later of 60 calendar days
     after the date of such Redemption or the first day of the Fiscal Year next
     succeeding the Fiscal Year during which such Redemption occurred.



                                          7
<PAGE>






              3.5     Decreases and Redemptions of Interests.  Subject to
     Article VII hereof, the Trustees, in their discretion, may, from time to
     time, without a vote of the Holders, permit a Holder to redeem its
     Interest, or decrease its Interest, for either cash or property, at such
     time or times (including, without limitation, each business day), and on
     such terms as the Trustees may deem best.

              3.6.    Borrow Money.  The Trustees shall have power to borrow
     money or otherwise obtain credit and to secure the same by mortgaging,
     pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the assets of the Trust,
     including the lending of portfolio securities, and to endorse, guarantee,
     or undertake the performance of any obligation, contract or engagement of
     any other Person.

              3.7.    Delegation; Committees.  The Trustees shall have power,
     consistent with their continuing exclusive and absolute control over the
     Trust Property and over the business of the Trust, to delegate from time
     to time to such of their number or to officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust the doing of such things and the
     execution of such instruments in either the name of the Trust or the names
     of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient.

              3.8.    Collection and Payment.  The Trustees shall have power to
     collect all property due to the Trust; and to pay all claims, including
     taxes, against the Trust Property; to prosecute, defend, compromise or
     abandon any claims relating to the Trust or the Trust Property; to
     foreclose any security interest securing any obligation, by virtue of
     which any property is owed to the Trust; and to enter into releases,
     agreements and other instruments.

              3.9.    Expenses.  The Trustees shall have power to incur and pay
     any expenses which in the opinion of the Trustees are necessary or
     incidental to carry out any of the purposes of this Declaration, and to
     pay reasonable compensation from the Trust Property to themselves as
     Trustees.  The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers,
     employees and Trustees.  The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation
     for special services, including legal and brokerage services, as they in
     good faith may deem reasonable, and reimbursement for expenses reasonably
     incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust.

              3.10.   Miscellaneous Powers.  The Trustees shall have power to: 
     (a) employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may deem
     appropriate for the transaction of the business of the Trust and terminate
     such employees or contractual relationships as they consider appropriate;
     (b) enter into joint ventures, partnerships and any other combinations or
     associations; (c) purchase, and pay for out of Trust Property, insurance
     policies insuring the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent,
     Holders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors
     of the Trust against all claims arising by reason of holding any such
     position or by reason of any action taken or omitted by any such Person in
     such capacity, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify
     such Person against such liability; (d) establish pension, profit-sharing

                                          8
<PAGE>






     and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans for the Trustees,
     officers, employees or agents of the Trust; (e) make donations,
     irrespective of benefit to the Trust, for charitable, religious,
     educational, scientific, civic or similar purposes; (f) to the extent
     permitted by law, indemnify any Person with whom the Trust has dealings,
     including the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent, Holders,
     Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors of the
     Trust, to such extent as the Trustees shall determine; (g) guarantee
     indebtedness or contractual obligations of others; (h) determine and
     change the Fiscal Year and the method by which the accounts of the Trust
     shall be kept; and (i) adopt a seal for the Trust, but the absence of such
     a seal shall not impair the validity of any instrument executed on behalf
     of the Trust.

              3.11.   Further Powers.  The Trustees shall have power to conduct
     the business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of
     its branches and maintain offices, whether within or without the State of
     New York, in any and all states of the United States of America, in the
     District of Columbia, and in any and all commonwealths, territories,
     dependencies, colonies, possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the
     United States of America and of foreign governments, and to do all such
     other things and execute all such instruments as they deem necessary,
     proper, appropriate or desirable in order to promote the interests of the
     Trust although such things are not herein specifically mentioned. Any
     determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust which is made by
     the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive.  In construing the
     provisions of this Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a
     grant of power to the Trustees.  The Trustees shall not be required to
     obtain any court order in order to deal with Trust Property.
























                                          9
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE IV

                         INVESTMENT ADVISORY, ADMINISTRATION
                           AND PLACEMENT AGENT ARRANGEMENTS

              4.1.    Investment Advisory, Administration and Other
     Arrangements.  The Trustees may in their discretion, from time to time,
     enter into investment advisory contracts, administration contracts or
     placement agent agreements whereby the other party to such contract or
     agreement shall undertake to furnish the Trustees such investment
     advisory, administration, placement agent and/or other services as the
     Trustees shall, from time to time, consider appropriate or desirable and
     all upon such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their sole
     discretion determine.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Declaration,
     the Trustees may authorize any Investment Adviser (subject to such general
     or specific instructions as the Trustees may, from time to time, adopt) to
     effect purchases, sales, loans or exchanges of Trust Property on behalf of
     the Trustees or may authorize any officer, employee or Trustee to effect
     such purchases, sales, loans or exchanges pursuant to recommendations of
     any such Investment Adviser (all without any further action by the
     Trustees).  Any such purchase, sale, loan or exchange shall be deemed to
     have been authorized by the Trustees.

              4.2.    Parties to Contract.  Any contract of the character
     described in Section 4.1 hereof or in the By-Laws of the Trust may be
     entered into with any corporation, firm, trust or association, although
     one or more of the Trustees or officers of the Trust may be an officer,
     director, Trustee, shareholder or member of such other party to the
     contract, and no such contract shall be invalidated or rendered voidable
     by reason of the existence of any such relationship, nor shall any
     individual holding such relationship be liable merely by reason of such
     relationship for any loss or expense to the Trust under or by reason of
     any such contract or accountable for any profit realized directly or
     indirectly therefrom, provided that the contract when entered into was
     reasonable and fair and not inconsistent with the provisions of this
     Article IV or the By-Laws of the Trust.  The same Person may be the other
     party to one or more contracts entered into pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof
     or the By-Laws of the Trust, and any individual may be financially
     interested or otherwise affiliated with Persons who are parties to any or
     all of the contracts mentioned in this Section 4.2 or in the By-Laws of
     the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE V

                        LIABILITY OF HOLDERS; LIMITATIONS OF 
                        LIABILITY OF TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, ETC.

              5.1.    Liability of Holders; Indemnification.  Each Holder shall
     be jointly and severally liable (with rights of contribution inter se in
     proportion to their respective Interests in the Trust) for the liabilities
     and obligations of the Trust in the event that the Trust fails to satisfy

                                          10
<PAGE>






     such liabilities and obligations; provided, however, that, to the extent
     assets are available in the Trust, the Trust shall indemnify and hold each
     Holder harmless from and against any claim or liability to which such
     Holder may become subject by reason of being or having been a Holder to
     the extent that such claim or liability imposes on the Holder an
     obligation or liability which, when compared to the obligations and
     liabilities imposed on other Holders, is greater than such Holder's
     Interest (proportionate share), and shall reimburse such Holder for all
     legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by such Holder in connection
     with any such claim or liability.  The rights accruing to a Holder under
     this Section 5.1 shall not exclude any other right to which such Holder
     may be lawfully entitled, nor shall anything contained herein restrict the
     right of the Trust to indemnify or reimburse a Holder in any appropriate
     situation even though not specifically provided herein.  Notwithstanding
     the indemnification procedure described above, it is intended that each
     Holder shall remain jointly and severally liable to the Trust's creditors
     as a legal matter.

              5.2.  Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers, Employees,
     Agents, Independent Contractors to Third Parties.  No Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the case of an agent
     or independent contractor to the extent expressly provided by written
     contract) of the Trust shall be subject to any personal liability
     whatsoever to any Person, other than the Trust or the Holders, in
     connection with Trust Property or the affairs of the Trust; and all such
     Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims
     of any nature against a Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor (except in the case of an agent or independent contractor to
     the extent expressly provided by written contract) of the Trust arising in
     connection with the affairs of the Trust.

              5.3.    Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
     Employees, Agents, Independent Contractors to Trust, Holders, etc.  No
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the
     case of an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly
     provided by written contract) of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or
     the Holders for any action or failure to act (including, without
     limitation, the failure to compel in any way any former or acting Trustee
     to redress any breach of trust) except for such Person's own bad faith,
     willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such
     Person's duties.

              5.4.    Mandatory Indemnification.  The Trust shall indemnify, to
     the fullest extent permitted by law (including the 1940 Act), each
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the
     case of an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly
     provided by written contract) of the Trust (including any Person who
     serves at the Trust's request as a director, officer or trustee of another
     organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder,
     creditor or otherwise) against all liabilities and expenses (including
     amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, as fines and
     penalties, and as counsel fees) reasonably incurred by such Person in

                                          11
<PAGE>






     connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other
     proceeding, whether civil or criminal, in which such Person may be
     involved or with which such Person may be threatened, while in office or
     thereafter, by reason of such Person being or having been such a Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor, except with respect to
     any matter as to which such Person shall have been adjudicated to have
     acted in bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless
     disregard of such Person's duties; provided, however, that as to any
     matter disposed of by a compromise payment by such Person, pursuant to a
     consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for such payment or
     for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a
     determination that such Person did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad
     faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in
     the conduct of such Person's office by the court or other body approving
     the settlement or other disposition or by a reasonable determination,
     based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full
     trial-type inquiry), that such Person did not engage in such conduct by
     written opinion from independent legal counsel approved by the Trustees. 
     The rights accruing to any Person under these provisions shall not exclude
     any other right to which such Person may be lawfully entitled; provided
     that no Person may satisfy any right of indemnity or reimbursement granted
     in this Section 5.4 or in Section 5.2 hereof or to which such Person may
     be otherwise entitled except out of the Trust Property.  The Trustees may
     make advance payments in connection with indemnification under this
     Section 5.4, provided that the indemnified Person shall have given a
     written undertaking to reimburse the Trust in the event it is subsequently
     determined that such Person is not entitled to such indemnification.

              5.5.    No Bond Required of Trustees.  No Trustee shall, as such,
     be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the
     performance of any of such Trustee's duties hereunder.

              5.6.    No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments,
     etc.  No purchaser, lender or other Person dealing with any Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall be
     bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction
     purporting to be made by such Trustee, officer, employee, agent or
     independent contractor or be liable for the application of money or
     property paid, loaned or delivered to or on the order of such Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor.  Every obligation,
     contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the
     Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with
     the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the
     executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees, officers, employees,
     agents or independent contractors of the Trust.  Every written obligation,
     contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the
     Trust made or sold by any Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor of the Trust, in such capacity, shall contain an appropriate
     recital to the effect that the Trustee, officer, employee, agent or
     independent contractor of the Trust shall not personally be bound by or
     liable thereunder, nor shall resort be had to their private property for
     the satisfaction of any obligation or claim thereunder, and appropriate

                                          12
<PAGE>






     references shall be made therein to the Declaration, and may contain any
     further recital which they may deem appropriate, but the omission of such
     recital shall not operate to impose personal liability on any Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust.  Subject
     to the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Trust may maintain insurance for
     the protection of the Trust Property, the Holders, and the Trustees,
     officers, employees, agents and independent contractors  of the Trust in
     such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort
     liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment
     shall deem advisable.

              5.7.    Reliance on Experts, etc.  Each Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall, in the
     performance of such Person's duties, be fully and completely justified and
     protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from
     reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the
     Trust (whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such
     Persons against such liability), upon an opinion of counsel, or upon
     reports made to the Trust by any of its officers or employees or by any
     Investment Adviser or Administrator, accountant, appraiser or other
     experts or consultants selected with reasonable care by the Trustees,
     officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or
     expert may also be a Trustee.


                                     ARTICLE VI

                                      INTERESTS

              6.1.    Interests.  The beneficial interest in the Trust Property
     shall consist of non-transferable Interests.  The Interests shall be
     personal property giving only the rights in this Declaration specifically
     set forth.  The value of an Interest shall be equal to the Book Capital
     Account balance of the Holder of the Interest.

              6.2.    Non-Transferability.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or
     exchange its Interest.

              6.3.    Register of Interests.  A register shall be kept at the
     Trust under the direction of the Trustees which shall contain the name,
     address and Book Capital Account balance of each Holder.  Such register
     shall be conclusive as to the identity of the Holders, and the Trust shall
     not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in
     an Interest which is not contained in such register.  No Holder shall be
     entitled to receive payment of any distribution, nor to have notice given
     to it as herein provided, until it has given its address to such officer
     or agent of the Trust as is keeping such register for entry thereon.






                                          13
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE VII

                  INCREASES, DECREASES AND REDEMPTIONS OF INTERESTS

              Subject to applicable law, to the provisions of this Declaration
     and to such restrictions as may from time to time be adopted by the
     Trustees, each Holder shall have the right to vary its investment in the
     Trust at any time without limitation by increasing (through a capital
     contribution) or decreasing (through a capital withdrawal) or by a
     Redemption of its Interest.  An increase in the investment of a Holder in
     the Trust shall be reflected as an increase in the Book Capital Account
     balance of that Holder and a decrease in the investment of a Holder in the
     Trust or the Redemption of the Interest of a Holder shall be reflected as
     a decrease in the Book Capital Account balance of that Holder.  The Trust
     shall, upon appropriate and adequate notice from any Holder increase,
     decrease or redeem such Holder's Interest for an amount determined by the
     application of a formula adopted for such purpose by resolution of the
     Trustees; provided that (a) the amount received by the Holder upon any
     such decrease or Redemption shall not exceed the decrease in the Holder's
     Book Capital Account balance effected by such decrease or Redemption of
     its Interest, and (b) if so authorized by the Trustees, the Trust may, at
     any time and from time to time, charge fees for effecting any such
     decrease or Redemption, at such rates as the Trustees may establish, and
     may, at any time and from time to time, suspend such right of decrease or
     Redemption.  The procedures for effecting decreases or Redemptions shall
     be as determined by the Trustees from time to time.


                                     ARTICLE VIII

                        DETERMINATION OF BOOK CAPITAL ACCOUNT
                              BALANCES AND DISTRIBUTIONS


              8.1.    Book Capital Account Balances.  The Book Capital Account
     balance of each Holder shall be determined on such days and at such time
     or times as the Trustees may determine.  The Trustees shall adopt
     resolutions setting forth the method of determining the Book Capital
     Account balance of each Holder.  The power and duty to make calculations
     pursuant to such resolutions may be delegated by the Trustees to the
     Investment Adviser, Administrator, custodian, or such other Person as the
     Trustees may determine.  Upon the Redemption of an Interest, the Holder of
     that Interest shall be entitled to receive the balance of its Book Capital
     Account.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or exchange its Book Capital
     Account balance.

              8.2.    Allocations and Distributions to Holders.  The Trustees
     shall, in compliance with the Code, the 1940 Act and generally accepted
     accounting principles, establish the procedures by which the Trust shall
     make (i) the allocation of unrealized gains and losses, taxable income and
     tax loss, and profit and loss, or any item or items thereof, to each
     Holder, (ii) the payment of distributions, if any, to Holders, and

                                          14
<PAGE>






     (iii) upon liquidation, the final distribution of items of taxable income
     and expense.  Such procedures shall be set forth in writing and be
     furnished to the Trust's accountants. The Trustees may amend the
     procedures adopted pursuant to this Section 8.2 from time to time.  The
     Trustees may retain from the net profits such amount as they may deem
     necessary to pay the liabilities and expenses of the Trust, to meet
     obligations of the Trust, and as they may deem desirable to use in the
     conduct of the affairs of the Trust or to retain for future requirements
     or extensions of the business.

              8.3.    Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures.  Notwithstanding
     any of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII, the Trustees may
     prescribe, in their absolute discretion, such other bases and times for
     determining the net income of the Trust, the allocation of income of the
     Trust, the Book Capital Account balance of each Holder, or the payment of
     distributions to the Holders as they may deem necessary or desirable to
     enable the Trust to comply with any provision of the 1940 Act or any order
     of exemption issued by the Commission or with the Code.


                                     ARTICLE IX

                                       HOLDERS

              9.1.    Rights of Holders.  The ownership of the Trust Property
     and the right to conduct any business described herein are vested
     exclusively in the Trustees, and the Holders shall have no right or title
     therein other than the beneficial interest conferred by their Interests
     and they shall have no power or right to call for any partition or
     division of any Trust Property. 

              9.2.    Meetings of Holders.  Meetings of Holders may be called
     at any time by a majority of the Trustees and shall be called by any
     Trustee upon written request of Holders holding, in the aggregate, not
     less than 10% of the Interests, such request specifying the purpose or
     purposes for which such meeting is to be called.  Any such meeting shall
     be held within or without the State of New York and within or without the
     United States of America on such day and at such time as the Trustees
     shall designate.  Holders of one-third of the Interests, present in person
     or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any
     business, except as may otherwise be required by the 1940 Act, other
     applicable law, this Declaration or the By-Laws of the Trust.  If a quorum
     is present at a meeting, an affirmative vote of the Holders present, in
     person or by proxy, holding more than 50% of the total Interests of the
     Holders present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting constitutes
     the action of the Holders, unless a greater number of affirmative votes is
     required by the 1940 Act, other applicable law, this Declaration or the
     By-Laws of the Trust.  All or any one of more Holders may participate in a
     meeting of Holders by means of a conference telephone or similar
     communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in
     the meeting can hear each other and participation in a meeting by means of


                                          15
<PAGE>






     such communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such
     meeting.

              9.3.    Notice of Meetings.  Notice of each meeting of Holders,
     stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the
     Trustees by mail to each Holder, at its registered address, mailed at
     least 10 days and not more than 60 days before the meeting.  Notice of any
     meeting may be waived in writing by any Holder either before or after such
     meeting.  The attendance of a Holder at a meeting shall constitute a
     waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in which a Holder
     attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction
     of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or
     convened.  At any meeting, any business properly before the meeting may be
     considered whether or not stated in the notice of the meeting.  Any
     adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

              9.4.    Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc.  For the
     purpose of determining the Holders who are entitled to notice of and to
     vote or act at any meeting, including any adjournment thereof, or to
     participate in any distribution, or for the purpose of any other action,
     the Trustees may from time to time fix a date, not more than 90 days prior
     to the date of any meeting of Holders or the payment of any distribution
     or the taking of any other action, as the case may be, as a record date
     for the determination of the Persons to be treated as Holders for such
     purpose.  If the Trustees do not, prior to any meeting of the Holders, so
     fix a record date, then the date of mailing notice of the meeting shall be
     the record date.

              9.5.    Proxies, etc.  At any meeting of Holders, any Holder
     entitled to vote thereat may vote by proxy, provided that no proxy shall
     be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the
     Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the
     Secretary may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such
     vote is to be taken.  A proxy may be revoked by a Holder at any time
     before it has been exercised by placing on file with the Secretary, or
     with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct,
     a later dated proxy or written revocation.  Pursuant to a resolution of a
     majority of the Trustees, proxies may be solicited in the name of the
     Trust or of one or more Trustees or of one or more officers of the Trust.
     Only Holders on the record date shall be entitled to vote.  Each such
     Holder shall be entitled to a vote proportionate to its Interest.  When an
     Interest is held jointly by several Persons, any one of them may vote at
     any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Interest, but if more
     than one of them is present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and
     such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to
     be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Interest.  A
     proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Holder shall be
     deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden
     of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.  No proxy shall be
     valid after one year from the date of execution, unless a longer period is
     expressly stated in such proxy.  The Trust may also permit a Holder to
     authorize and empower individuals named as proxies on any form of proxy

                                          16
<PAGE>






     solicited by the Trustees to vote that Holder's Interest on any matter by
     recording his voting instructions on any recording device maintained for
     that purpose by the Trust or its agent, provided the Holder complies with
     such procedures as the Trustees may designate to be necessary or
     appropriate to determine the authenticity of the voting instructions so
     recorded; such instructions shall be deemed to constitute a written proxy
     signed by the Holder and delivered to the Trust and shall be deemed to be
     dated as of the date such instructions were transmitted, and the Holder
     shall be deemed to have approved and ratified all actions taken by such
     proxies in accordance with the voting instructions so recorded.

              9.6.    Reports.  The Trustees shall cause to be prepared and
     furnished to each Holder, at least annually as of the end of each Fiscal
     Year, a report of operations containing a balance sheet and a statement of
     income of the Trust prepared in conformity with generally accepted
     accounting principles and an opinion of an independent public accountant
     on such financial statements.  The Trustees shall, in addition, furnish to
     each Holder at least semi-annually interim reports of operations
     containing an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such period and an
     unaudited statement of income for the period from the beginning of the
     then-current Fiscal Year to the end of such period.

              9.7.    Inspection of Records.  The books and records of the
     Trust shall be open to inspection by Holders during normal business hours
     for any purpose not harmful to the Trust.

              9.8.    Holder Action by Written Consent.  Any action which may
     be taken by Holders may be taken without a meeting if Holders holding more
     than 50% of all Interests entitled to vote (or such larger proportion
     thereof as shall be required by any express provision of this Declaration)
     consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with
     the records of the meetings of Holders.  Such consents shall be treated
     for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Holders.  Each such
     written consent shall be executed by or on behalf of the Holder delivering
     such consent and shall bear the date of such execution.  No such written
     consent shall be effective to take the action referred to therein unless,
     within one year of the earliest dated consent, written consents executed
     by a sufficient number of Holders to take such action are filed with the
     records of the meetings of Holders.

              9.9.    Notices.  Any and all communications, including any and
     all notices to which any Holder may be entitled, shall be deemed duly
     served or given if mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to a Holder at its
     last known address as recorded on the register of the Trust.









                                          17
<PAGE>






                                      ARTICLE X

                                DURATION; TERMINATION;
                               AMENDMENT; MERGERS; ETC.

              10.1.   Duration.  Subject to possible termination or dissolution
     in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2 and Section 10.3 hereof,
     respectively, the Trust created hereby shall continue until the expiration
     of 20 years after the death of the last survivor of the initial Trustees
     named herein and the following named persons:


     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
                                                                         Date of
                     Name                         Address                 Birth
                     -----                        -------                -------

       <S>                                 <C>                     <C>

       Cassius Marcellus Cornelius Clay    742 Old Dublin Road     November 9, 1990
                                           Hancock, NH  03449


       Sara Briggs Sullivan                1308 Rhodes Street      September 17, 1990
                                           Dubois, WY  82513

       Myles Bailey Rawson                 Winhall Hollow Road     May 13, 1990
                                           R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                           Bondville, VT  05340

       Zeben Curtis Kopchak                Box 1126                October 31, 1989
                                           Cordova, AK  99574

       Landon Harris Clay                  742 Old Dublin Road     February 15, 1989
                                           Hancock, NH  03449

       Kelsey Ann Sullivan                 1308 Rhodes Street      May 1, 1988
                                           Dubois, WY  82513

       Carter Allen Rawson                 Winhall Hollow Road     January 28, 1988
                                           R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                           Bondville, VT  05340

       Obadiah Barclay Kopchak             Box 1126                August 29, 1987
                                           Cordova, AK  99574

       Richard Tubman Clay                 742 Old Dublin Road     April 12, 1987
                                           Hancock, NH  03449




                                                                      18
<PAGE>






                                                                         Date of
                     Name                         Address                 Birth
                     -----                        -------                -------

       <S>                                 <C>                     <C>

       Thomas Moragne Clay                 742 Old Dublin Road     April 11, 1987
                                           Hancock, NH  03449


       Zachariah Bishop Kopchak            Box 1126                January 11, 1985
                                           Cordova, AK  99574

       Sager Anna Kopchak                  Box 1126                May 22, 1983
                                           Cordova, AK  99574

     </TABLE>

              10.2.   Termination.

                      (a)      The Trust may be terminated (i) by the
     affirmative vote of Holders of not less than two-thirds of all Interests
     at any meeting of Holders or by an instrument in writing without a
     meeting, executed by a majority of the Trustees and consented to by
     Holders of not less than two-thirds of all Interests, or (ii) by the
     Trustees by written notice to the Holders.  Upon any such termination,

                      (i) the Trust shall carry on no business except for the
              purpose of winding up its affairs;

                      (ii) the Trustees shall proceed to wind up the
              affairs of the Trust and all of the powers of the
              Trustees under this Declaration shall continue until the
              affairs of the Trust have been wound up, including the
              power to fulfill or discharge the contracts of the Trust,
              collect the assets of the Trust, sell, convey, assign,
              exchange or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the
              Trust Property to one or more Persons at public or
              private sale for consideration which may consist in whole
              or in part of cash, securities or other property of any
              kind, discharge or pay the liabilities of the Trust, and
              do all other acts appropriate to liquidate the business
              of the Trust; provided that any sale, conveyance,
              assignment, exchange or other disposition of all or
              substantially all the Trust Property shall require
              approval of the principal terms of the transaction and
              the nature and amount of the consideration by the vote of
              Holders holding more than 50% of all Interests; and

                      (iii) after paying or adequately providing for
              the payment of all liabilities, and upon receipt of such


                                          19
<PAGE>






              releases, indemnities and refunding agreements as they
              deem necessary for their protection, the Trustees shall
              distribute the remaining Trust Property, in cash or in
              kind or partly each, among the Holders according to their
              respective rights as set forth in the procedures
              established pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof.

                      (b)      Upon termination of the Trust and distribution to
     the Holders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees shall execute
     and file with the records of the Trust an instrument in writing setting
     forth the fact of such termination and distribution.  Upon termination of
     the Trust, the Trustees shall thereupon be discharged from all further
     liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests of all
     Holders shall thereupon cease.

              10.3.   Dissolution.  Upon the bankruptcy of any Holder, or upon
     the Redemption of any Interest, the Trust shall be dissolved effective 120
     days after the event.  However, the Holders (other than such bankrupt or
     redeeming Holder) may, by a unanimous affirmative vote at any meeting of
     such Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting executed by
     a majority of the Trustees and consented to by all such Holders, agree to
     continue the business of the Trust even if there has been such a
     dissolution.

              10.4.   Amendment Procedure.

                      (a)      This Declaration may be amended by the vote of
     Holders of more than 50% of all Interests at any meeting of Holders or by
     an instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a majority of the
     Trustees and consented to by the Holders of more than 50% of all
     Interests.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, this Declaration
     may be amended by an instrument in writing executed by a majority of the
     Trustees, and without the vote or consent of Holders, for any one or more
     of the following purposes:  (i) to change the name of the Trust, (ii) to
     supply any omission, or to cure, correct or supplement any ambiguous,
     defective or inconsistent provision hereof, (iii) to conform this
     Declaration to the requirements of applicable federal law or regulations
     or the requirements of the applicable provisions of the Code, (iv) to
     change the state or other jurisdiction designated herein as the state or
     other jurisdiction whose law shall be the governing law hereof, (v) to
     effect such changes herein as the Trustees find to be necessary or
     appropriate (A) to permit the filing of this Declaration under the law of
     such state or other jurisdiction applicable to trusts or voluntary
     associations, (B) to permit the Trust to elect to be treated as a
     "regulated investment company" under the applicable provisions of the
     Code, or (C) to permit the transfer of Interests (or to permit the
     transfer of any other beneficial interest in or share of the Trust,
     however denominated), (vi) in conjunction with any amendment contemplated
     by the foregoing clause (iv) or the foregoing clause (v) to make any and
     all such further changes or modifications to this Declaration as the
     Trustees find to be necessary or appropriate, any finding of the Trustees
     referred to in the foregoing clause (v) or the foregoing clause (vi) to be

                                          20
<PAGE>






     conclusively evidenced by the execution of any such amendment by a
     majority of the Trustees, and (vii) change, modify or rescind any
     provision of this Declaration provided such change, modification or
     rescission is found by the Trustees to be necessary or appropriate and to
     not have a materially adverse effect on the financial interests of the
     Holders, any such finding to be conclusively evidenced by the execution of
     any such amendment by a majority of the Trustees; provided, however, that
     unless effected in compliance with the provisions of Section 10.4(b)
     hereof, no amendment otherwise authorized by this sentence may be made
     which would reduce the amount payable with respect to any Interest upon
     liquidation of the Trust and; provided, further, that the Trustees shall
     not be liable for failing to make any amendment permitted by this Section
     10.4(a).

                      (b)      No amendment may be made under Section 10.4(a)
     hereof which would change any rights with respect to any Interest by
     reducing the amount payable thereon upon liquidation of the Trust, except
     with the vote or consent of Holders of two-thirds of all Interests.

                      (c)      A certification in recordable form executed by a
     majority of the Trustees setting forth an amendment and reciting that it
     was duly adopted by the Holders or by the Trustees as aforesaid or a copy
     of the Declaration, as amended, in recordable form, and executed by a
     majority of the Trustees, shall be conclusive evidence of such amendment
     when filed with the records of the Trust.

              Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, until such time as
     Interests are first sold, this Declaration may be terminated or amended in
     any respect by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees at any
     meeting of Trustees or by an instrument executed by a majority of the
     Trustees.

              10.5.   Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets.  The Trust may
     merge or consolidate with any other corporation, association, trust or
     other organization or may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all
     of the Trust Property, including good will, upon such terms and conditions
     and for such consideration when and as authorized at any meeting of
     Holders called for such purpose by a Majority Interests Vote, and any such
     merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange shall be deemed for all
     purposes to have been accomplished under and pursuant to the statutes of
     the State of New York.

              10.6.   Incorporation.  Upon a Majority Interests Vote, the
     Trustees may cause to be organized or assist in organizing a corporation
     or corporations under the law of any jurisdiction or a trust, partnership,
     association or other organization to take over the Trust Property or to
     carry on any business in which the Trust directly or indirectly has any
     interest, and to sell, convey and transfer the Trust Property to any such
     corporation, trust, partnership, association or other organization in
     exchange for the equity interests thereof or otherwise, and to lend money
     to, subscribe for the equity interests of, and enter into any contract
     with any such corporation, trust, partnership, association or other

                                          21
<PAGE>






     organization, or any corporation, trust, partnership, association or other
     organization in which the Trust holds or is about to acquire equity
     interests.  The Trustees may also cause a merger or consolidation between
     the Trust or any successor thereto and any such corporation, trust,
     partnership, association or other organization if and to the extent
     permitted by law.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed as
     requiring approval of the Holders for the Trustees to organize or assist
     in organizing one or more corporations, trusts, partnerships, associations
     or other organizations and selling, conveying or transferring a portion of
     the Trust Property to one or more of such organizations or entities.

                                     ARTICLE XI


                                    MISCELLANEOUS

              11.1.   Certificate of Designation; Agent for Service of Process. 
     The Trust shall file, with the Department of State of the State of New
     York, a certificate, in the name of the Trust and executed by an officer
     of the Trust, designating the Secretary of State of the State of New York
     as an agent upon whom process in any action or proceeding against the
     Trust may be served.

              11.2.   Governing Law.  This Declaration is executed by the
     Trustees and delivered in the State of New York and with reference to the
     law thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity and
     construction of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed
     in accordance with the law of the State of New York and reference shall be
     specifically made to the trust law of the State of New York as to the
     construction of matters not specifically covered herein or as to which an
     ambiguity exists.

              11.3.   Counterparts.  This Declaration may be simultaneously
     executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an
     original, and such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the
     same instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any one such
     original counterpart.

              11.4.   Reliance by Third Parties.  Any certificate executed by
     an individual who, according to the records of the Trust or of any
     recording office in which this Declaration may be recorded, appears to be
     a Trustee hereunder, certifying to:  (a) the number or identity of
     Trustees or Holders, (b) the due authorization of the execution of any
     instrument or writing, (c) the form of any vote passed at a meeting of
     Trustees or Holders, (d) the fact that the number of Trustees or Holders
     present at any meeting or executing any written instrument satisfies the
     requirements of this Declaration, (e) the form of any By-Laws adopted by
     or the identity of any officer elected by the Trustees, or (f) the
     existence of any fact or facts which in any manner relate to the affairs
     of the Trust, shall be conclusive evidence as to the matters so certified
     in favor of any Person dealing with the Trustees.


                                          22
<PAGE>






              11.5.   Provisions in Conflict With Law or Regulations.

                      (a)      The provisions of this Declaration are severable,
     and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any
     of such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, or with other
     applicable law and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed
     never to have constituted a part of this Declaration; provided, however,
     that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions
     of this Declaration or render invalid or improper any action taken or
     omitted prior to such determination.

                      (b)      If any provision of this Declaration shall be
     held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or
     unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction
     and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other
     jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration in any
     jurisdiction.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this instrument
     as of the day and year first above written.

                                         /s/James G. Baur
                                       ------------------
                                       James G. Baur, as Trustee and
                                         not individually

                                         /s/H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                                       ------------------------
                                       H. Day Brigham, Jr., as Trustee and 
                                         not individually

                                         /s/James B. Hawkes
                                       --------------------
                                       James B. Hawkes, as Trustee and
                                          not individually


















                                          23
<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                          SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                    June 13, 1994


     The undersigned, being a majority of the Trustees of the South Carolina
     Tax Free Portfolio, acting pursuant to Section 10.4 of ARTICLE X of the
     Declaration of Trust, do hereby change and amend the seventh paragraph of
     Section 1.2 of ARTICLE I of the Declaration of Trust to read as follows:

     "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the Trustee which
     ends on August 31st of each year or on such other day as is permitted or
     required by the code.

     Further, the undersigned do hereby declare and find that the foregoing
     change and amendment is necessary and appropriate and does not have a
     materially adverse effect on the financial interest of the Holders of the
     Portfolio.  Said Amendment shall take effect on the date set forth above.



     /s/ Donald R. Dwight              /s/ Norton H. Reamer            
     ----------------------------      --------------------------------
     Donald R. Dwight                  Norton H. Reamer



     /s/ James B. Hawkes               /s/ John L. Thorndike           
     ----------------------------      --------------------------------
     James B. Hawkes                   John L. Thorndike



     /s/ Samuel L. Hayes, III          /s/ Jack L. Treynor             
     ----------------------------      --------------------------------
     Samuel L. Hayes, III              Jack L. Treynor
<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                         SOUTH CAROLINA MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
                 (formerly called South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio)


                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                   January 1, 1996



              AMENDMENT, made January 1, 1996 to the Declaration of Trust made
     May 1, 1992, as amended June 13, 1994, (hereinafter called the
     "Declaration") of South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio, a New York trust
     (hereinafter called the "Trust") by the undersigned, being at least a
     majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office on January 1, 1996.


              WHEREAS, Section 10.4 of Article X of the Declaration empowers a
     majority of the Trustees of the Trust to amend the Declaration without the
     vote or consent of Holders to change the name of the Trust;


              NOW, THEREFORE, the undersigned Trustees, do hereby amend the
     Declaration in the following manner:


              1. The caption at the head of the Declaration is hereby amended
     to read as follows:

                         SOUTH CAROLINA MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO


              2. Section 1.1 of Article I of the Declaration is hereby amended
     to read as follows:


                                      ARTICLE I


              1.1. Name.  The name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall be South Carolina Municipals Portfolio and so far as may be
     practicable the Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all
     documents and sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the word
     "Trust" wherever hereinafter used) shall refer to the Trustees as
     Trustees, and not individually, and shall not refer to the officers,
     employees, agents or independent contractors of the Trust or holders of
     interests in the Trust.
<PAGE>






              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Trustees have executed this
     instrument this 1st
     day of January, 1996.


                                                                            
     -------------------------------        --------------------------------
     Donald R. Dwight			    Norton H. Reamer


                                                                            
     -------------------------------        --------------------------------
     James B. Hawkes			    John L. Thorndike


                                                                            
     -------------------------------        --------------------------------
     Samuel L. Hayes, III		    Jack L. Treynor
<PAGE>

<PAGE>





















                          SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                                                        
                             ---------------------------


                                       BY-LAWS

                                As Adopted May 1, 1992
<PAGE>







                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----

     ARTICLE I -- Meetings of Holders    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

                      Section 1.1      Records at Holder Meetings    . . . .   1
                      Section 1.2      Inspectors of Election    . . . . . .   1


     ARTICLE II -- Officers    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

                      Section 2.1      Officers of the Trust   . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.2      Election and Tenure   . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.3      Removal of Officers   . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.4      Bonds and Surety    . . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.5      Chairman, President and 
                                                Vice President   . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.6      Secretary   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                      Section 2.7      Treasurer   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                      Section 2.8      Other Officers and Duties   . . . . .   3


     ARTICLE III -- Miscellaneous    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

                      Section 3.1      Depositories    . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.2      Signatures    . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.3      Seal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.4      Indemnification   . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.5      Distribution Disbursing Agents 
                                                and the Like   . . . . . . .   4

     ARTICLE IV -- Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws   . . . . . . . . . . .   5

                      Section 4.1      Regulations   . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
                      Section 4.2      Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws   . .   5














                                        - i -
<PAGE>






                                       BY-LAWS

                                          OF

                          SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                          ---------------------------------

                      These By-Laws are made and adopted pursuant to Section
     2.7 of the Declaration of Trust establishing SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE
     PORTFOLIO (the "Trust"), dated as of May 1, 1992, as from time to time
     amended (the "Declaration").  All words and terms capitalized in these
     By-Laws shall have the meaning or meanings set forth for such words or
     terms in the Declaration.

                                      ARTICLE I

                                 MEETINGS OF HOLDERS

                      Section 1.1.  Records at Holder Meetings.  At each
     meeting of the Holders there shall be open for inspection the minutes of
     the last previous meeting of Holders of the Trust and a list of the
     Holders of the Trust, certified to be true and correct by the Secretary or
     other proper agent of the Trust, as of the record date of the meeting. 
     Such list of Holders shall contain the name of each Holder in alphabetical
     order and the address and Interest owned by such Holder on such record
     date.

                      Section 1.2.  Inspectors of Election.  In advance of any
     meeting of the Holders, the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to
     act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If Inspectors of Election
     are not so appointed, the chairman, if any, of any meeting of the Holders
     may, and on the request of any Holder or his proxy shall, appoint
     Inspectors of Election.  The number of Inspectors of Election shall be
     either one or three.  If appointed at the meeting on the request of one or
     more Holders or proxies, a Majority Interests Vote shall determine whether
     one or three Inspectors of Election are to be appointed, but failure to
     allow such determination by the Holders shall not affect the validity of
     the appointment of Inspectors of Election.  In case any individual
     appointed as an Inspector of Election fails to appear or fails or refuses
     to so act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees
     in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the
     individual acting as chairman of the meeting.  The Inspectors of Election
     shall determine the Interest owned by each Holder, the Interests
     represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity,
     validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents,
     shall hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising
     in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes
     or consents, shall determine the results, and shall do such other acts as
     may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all
     Holders.  If there are three Inspectors of Election, the decision, act or
     certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision,
     act or certificate of all.  On request of the chairman, if any, of the
     meeting, or of any Holder or its proxy, the Inspectors of Election shall
<PAGE>






     make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined
     by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       OFFICERS

                      Section 2.1.  Officers of the Trust.  The officers of the
     Trust shall consist of a Chairman, if any, a President, a Secretary, a
     Treasurer and such other officers or assistant officers, including Vice
     Presidents, as may be elected by the Trustees.  Any two or more of the
     offices may be held by the same individual.  The Trustees may designate a
     Vice President as an Executive Vice President and may designate the order
     in which the other Vice Presidents may act.  The Chairman shall be a
     Trustee, but no other officer of the Trust, including the President, need
     be a Trustee.

                      Section 2.2.  Election and Tenure.  At the initial
     organization meeting and thereafter at each annual meeting of the
     Trustees, the Trustees shall elect the Chairman, if any, the President,
     the Secretary, the Treasurer and such other officers as the Trustees shall
     deem necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the business of the
     Trust.  Such officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of
     the Trustees and until their successors have been duly elected and
     qualified.  The Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or add any
     additional officer at any time.

                      Section 2.3.  Removal of Officers.  Any officer may be
     removed at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the
     Trustees.  This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of
     employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect
     upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal
     in breach of a contract of employment.  Any officer may resign at any time
     by notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the
     Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary, and such resignation
     shall take effect immediately, or at a later date according to the terms
     of such notice in writing.

                      Section 2.4.  Bonds and Surety.  Any officer may be
     required by the Trustees to be bonded for the faithful performance of his
     duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Trustees may
     determine.

                      Section 2.5.  Chairman, President and Vice Presidents. 
     The Chairman, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the
     Holders and of the Trustees and shall exercise and perform such other
     powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the
     Trustees.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
     the Trustees to the Chairman, if any, the President shall be the chief
     executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the  control of the
     Trustees, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the

                                        - 2 -
<PAGE>






     business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such general
     powers of management as are usually vested in the office of President of a
     corporation.  In the absence of the Chairman, if any, the President shall
     preside at all meetings of the Holders and, in the absence of the
     Chairman, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees. 
     The President shall be, ex officio, a member of all standing committees of
     Trustees.  Subject to the direction of the Trustees, the President shall
     have the power, in the name and on behalf of the Trust, to execute any and
     all loan documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other
     instruments in writing, and to employ and discharge employees and agents
     of the Trust.  Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, the President
     shall have full authority and power to attend, to act and to vote, on
     behalf of the Trust, at any meeting of any business organization in which
     the Trust holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other
     person, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such person.  The
     President shall have such further authorities and duties as the Trustees
     shall from time to time determine.  In the absence or disability of the
     President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank or the Vice
     President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all of the duties of
     the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be
     subject to all of the restrictions upon the President.  Subject to the
     direction of the President, each Vice President shall have the power in
     the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all loan documents,
     contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other instruments in writing,
     and, in addition, shall have such other duties and powers as shall be
     designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President.

                      Section 2.6.  Secretary.  The Secretary shall keep the
     minutes of all meetings of, and record all votes of, Holders, Trustees and
     the Executive Committee, if any.  The results of all actions taken at a
     meeting of the Trustees, or by written consent of the Trustees, shall be
     recorded by the Secretary.  The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal
     of the Trust, if any, and (and any other person so authorized by the
     Trustees) shall affix the seal or, if permitted, a facsimile thereof, to
     any instrument executed by the Trust which would be sealed by a New York
     corporation executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest
     the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers
     executing such instrument on behalf of the Trust.  The Secretary shall
     also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a New
     York corporation, and shall have such other authorities and duties as the
     Trustees shall from time to time determine.

                      Section 2.7.  Treasurer.  Except as otherwise directed by
     the Trustees, the Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the
     monies, funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and
     documents of the Trust, and shall have and exercise under the supervision
     of the Trustees and of the President all powers and duties normally
     incident to his office.  The Treasurer may endorse for deposit or
     collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Trust or
     to its order and shall deposit all funds of the Trust as may be ordered by
     the Trustees or the President.  The Treasurer shall keep accurate account
     of the books of the Trust's transactions which shall be the property of

                                        - 3 -
<PAGE>






     the Trust, and which together with all other property of the Trust in his
     possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of
     the Trustees.  Unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine, the
     Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Trust and shall
     also be the principal financial officer of the Trust.  The Treasurer shall
     have such other duties and authorities as the Trustees shall from time to
     time determine.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein
     contained, the Trustees may authorize the Investment Adviser or the
     Administrator to maintain bank accounts and deposit and disburse funds on
     behalf of the Trust.

                      Section 2.8.  Other Officers and Duties.  The Trustees
     may elect such other officers and assistant officers as they shall from
     time to time determine to be necessary or desirable in order to conduct
     the business of the Trust.  Assistant officers shall act generally in the
     absence of the officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in
     the duties of his office.  Each officer, employee and agent of the Trust
     shall have such other duties and authorities as may be conferred upon him
     by the Trustees or delegated to him by the President.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

                      Section 3.1.  Depositories.  The funds of the Trust shall
     be deposited in such depositories as the Trustees shall designate and
     shall be drawn out on checks, drafts or other orders signed by such
     officer, officers, agent or agents (including the Investment Adviser or
     the Administrator) as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.

                      Section 3.2.  Signatures.  All contracts and other
     instruments shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by such officer,
     officers, agent or agents as provided in these By-Laws or as the Trustees
     may from time to time by resolution provide.

                      Section 3.3.  Seal.  The seal of the Trust, if any, may
     be affixed to any document, and the seal and its attestation may be
     lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same
     force and effect as if it had been imprinted and attested manually in the
     same manner and with the same effect as if done by a New York corporation.

                      Section 3.4.  Indemnification.  Insofar as the
     conditional advancing of indemnification monies under Section 5.4 of the
     Declaration for actions based upon the 1940 Act may be concerned, such
     payments will be made only on the following conditions: (i) the advances
     must be limited to amounts used, or to be used, for the preparation or
     presentation of a defense to the action, including costs connected with
     the preparation of a settlement; (ii) advances may be made only upon
     receipt of a written promise by, or on behalf of, the recipient to repay
     the amount of the advance which exceeds the amount to which it is
     ultimately determined that he is entitled to receive from the Trust by

                                        - 4 -
<PAGE>






     reason of indemnification; and (iii) (a) such promise must be secured by a
     surety bond, other suitable insurance or an equivalent form of security
     which assures that any repayment may be obtained by the Trust without
     delay or litigation, which bond, insurance or other form of security must
     be provided by the recipient of the advance, or (b) a majority of a quorum
     of the Trust's disinterested, non-party Trustees, or an independent legal
     counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based upon a review of
     readily available facts, that the recipient of the advance ultimately will
     be found entitled to indemnification.

                      Section 3.5.  Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
     Like.  The Trustees shall have the power to employ and compensate such
     distribution disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the
     reinvestment of distributions as they shall deem necessary or desirable. 
     Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to
     any of them by the Trustees.


                                     ARTICLE IV

                          REGULATIONS; AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

                      Section 4.1.  Regulations.  The Trustees may make such
     additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as
     they may deem expedient concerning the sale and purchase of Interests of
     the Trust.

                      Section 4.2.  Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws.  In
     accordance with Section 2.7 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have
     the power to alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws at
     any time.  Action by the Trustees with respect to the By-Laws shall be
     taken by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees.  The Trustees
     shall in no event adopt By-Laws which are in conflict with the
     Declaration.

                      The Declaration refers to the Trustees as Trustees, but
     not as individuals or personally; and no Trustee, officer, employee or
     agent of the Trust shall be held to any personal liability, nor shall
     resort be had to their private property for the satisfaction of any
     obligation or claim or otherwise in connection with the affairs of the
     Trust.












                                        - 5 -
<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                          SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                            INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT


              AGREEMENT made this 1st day of February, 1994, between South
     Carolina Tax Free Portfolio, a New York trust (the "Trust"), and Boston
     Management and Research, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Adviser").

              1.      Duties of the Adviser.  The Trust hereby employs the
     Adviser to act as investment adviser for and to manage the investment and
     reinvestment of the assets of the Trust and to administer its affairs,
     subject to the supervision of the Trustees of the Trust, for the period
     and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

              The Adviser hereby accepts such employment, and undertakes to
     afford to the Trust the advice and assistance of the Adviser's
     organization in the choice of investments and in the purchase and sale of
     securities for the Trust and to furnish for the use of the Trust office
     space and all necessary office facilities, equipment and personnel for
     servicing the investments of the Trust and for administering its affairs
     and to pay the salaries and fees of all officers and Trustees of the Trust
     who are members of the Adviser's organization and all personnel of the
     Adviser performing services relating to research and investment
     activities.  The Adviser shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an
     independent contractor and shall, except as otherwise expressly provided
     or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust in any
     way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall provide the Trust with such investment
     management and supervision as the Trust may from time to time consider
     necessary for the proper supervision of the Trust.  As investment adviser
     to the Trust, the Adviser shall furnish continuously an investment program
     and shall determine from time to time what securities and other
     investments shall be acquired, disposed of or exchanged and what portion
     of the Trust's assets shall be held uninvested, subject always to the
     applicable restrictions of the Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and
     registration statement of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, all as from time to time amended.  Should the Trustees of the Trust
     at any time, however, make any specific determination as to investment
     policy for the Trust and notify the Adviser thereof in writing, the
     Adviser shall be bound by such determination for the period, if any,
     specified in such notice or until similarly notified that such
     determination has been revoked.  The Adviser shall take, on behalf of the
     Trust, all actions which it deems necessary or desirable to implement the
     investment policies of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall place all orders for the purchase or sale of
     portfolio securities for the account of the Trust either directly with the
     issuer or with brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser, and to that end
     the Adviser is authorized as the agent of the Trust to give instructions
     to the custodian of the Trust as to deliveries of securities and payment
     of cash for the account of the Trust.  In connection with the selection of
     such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, the Adviser shall
<PAGE>






     use its best efforts to seek to execute security transactions at prices
     which are advantageous to the Trust and (when a disclosed commission is
     being charged) at reasonably competitive commission rates.  In selecting
     brokers or dealers qualified to execute a particular transaction, brokers
     or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research
     services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934) to the Adviser and the Adviser is expressly
     authorized to pay any broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and
     research services a commission for executing a security transaction which
     is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would
     have charged for effecting that transaction if the Adviser determines in
     good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the
     value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or
     dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the
     overall responsibilities which the Adviser and its affiliates have with
     respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. 
     Subject to the requirement set forth in the second sentence of this
     paragraph, the Adviser is authorized to consider, as a factor in the
     selection of any broker or dealer with whom purchase or sale orders may be
     placed, the fact that such broker or dealer has sold or is selling shares
     of any one or more investment companies sponsored by the Adviser or its
     affiliates or shares of any other investment company investing in the
     Trust.

              2.      Compensation of the Adviser.  For the services, payments
     and facilities to be furnished hereunder by the Adviser, the Adviser shall
     be entitled to receive from the Trust, on a daily basis, compensation is
     an amount equal to the aggregate of:

              (a)     a daily asset-based fee computed by applying the annual
     asset rate applicable to that portion of the total daily net assets of the
     Trust in each Category as indicated below:

     Category    Daily Net Assets                             Annual Asset Rate

          1      up to $20 million                                 0.100%
          2      $20 million but less than $40 million             0.200%
          3      $40 million but less than $500 million            0.300%
          4      $500 million but less than $1 billion             0.275%
          5      $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion             0.250%
          6      $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion             0.225%
          7      $2 billion but less than $3 billion               0.200%
          8      $3 billion and over                               0.175%, plus

          (b)    a daily income-based fee computed by applying the daily income
     rate applicable to that portion of the total daily gross income of the
     Trust (which portion shall bear the same relationship to the total daily
     gross income on such day as that portion of the total daily net assets of 
<PAGE>






     the Trust in the same Category bears to the total daily net assets on such
     day) in each Category as indicated below:


     Category    Daily Net Assets                             Daily Income Rate

          1      up to $20 million                                 1.00%
          2      $20 million but less than $40 million             2.00%
          3      $40 million but less than $500 million            3.00%
          4      $500 million but less than $1 billion             2.75%
          5      $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion             2.50%
          6      $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion             2.25%
          7      $2 billion but less than $3 billion               2.00%
          8      $3 billion and over                               1.75%, plus


     Such daily compensation shall be paid monthly in arrears on the last
     business day of each month.  The Trust's daily net assets and gross income
     shall be computed in accordance with the Declaration of Trust of the Trust
     and any applicable votes and determinations of the Trustees of the Trust.

          In case of initiation or termination of the Agreement during any
     month with respect to the Trust, the fee for that month shall be based on
     the number of calendar days during which it is in effect.

          The Adviser may, from time to time, waive all or a part of the above
     compensation.

          3.     Allocation of Charges and Expenses.  It is understood that the
     Trust will pay all its expenses other than those expressly stated to be
     payable by the Adviser hereunder, which expenses payable by the Trust
     shall include, without implied limitation, (i) expenses of maintaining the
     Trust and continuing its existence, (ii) registration of the Trust under
     the Investment Company Act of 1940, (iii) commissions, fees and other
     expenses connected with the acquisition, holding and disposition of
     securities and other investments, (iv) auditing, accounting and legal
     expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi) governmental fees, (vii) expenses
     of issue, sale and redemption of Interests in the Trust, (viii) expenses
     of registering and qualifying the Trust and Interests in the Trust under
     federal and state securities laws and of preparing and printing
     registration statements or other offering statements or memoranda for such
     purposes and for distributing the same to Holders and investors, and fees
     and expenses of registering and maintaining registrations of the Trust and
     the Trust's placement agent as broker-dealer or agent under state
     securities laws, (ix) expenses of reports and notices to Holders and of
     meetings of Holders and proxy solicitations therefor, (x) expenses of
     reports to governmental officers and commissions, (xi) insurance expenses,
     (xii) association membership dues, (xiii) fees, expenses and disbursements
     of custodians and subcustodians for all services to the Trust (including
     without limitation safekeeping of funds, securities and other investments,
     keeping of books, accounts and records, and determination of net asset
     values, book capital account balances and tax capital account balances),
     (xiv) fees, expenses and disbursements of transfer agents, dividend
     disbursing agents, Holder servicing agents and registrars for all services
<PAGE>






     to the Trust, (xv) expenses for servicing the accounts of Holders, (xvi)
     any direct charges to Holders approved by the Trustees of the Trust,
     (xvii) compensation and expenses of Trustees of the Trust who are not
     members of the Adviser's organization, and (xviii) such non-recurring
     items as may arise, including expenses incurred in connection with
     litigation, proceedings and claims and the obligation of the Trust to
     indemnify its Trustees, officers and Holders with respect thereto.

          4.     Other Interests.  It is understood that Trustees and officers
     of the Trust and Holders of Interests in the Trust are or may be or become
     interested in the Adviser as trustees, shareholders or otherwise and that
     trustees, officers and shareholders of the Adviser are or may be or become
     similarly interested in the Trust, and that the Adviser may be or become
     interested in the Trust as Holder or otherwise.  It is also understood
     that trustees, officers, employees and shareholders of the Adviser may be
     or become interested (as directors, trustees, officers, employees,
     shareholders or otherwise) in other companies or entities (including,
     without limitation, other investment companies) which the Adviser may
     organize, sponsor or acquire, or with which it may merge or consolidate,
     and which may include the words "Eaton Vance" or "Boston Management and
     Research" or any combination thereof as part of their name, and that the
     Adviser or its subsidiaries or affiliates may enter into advisory or
     management agreements or other contracts or relationships with such other
     companies or entities.

          5.     Limitation of Liability of the Adviser.  The services of the
     Adviser to the Trust are not to be deemed to be exclusive, the Adviser
     being free to render services to others and engage in other business
     activities.  In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
     negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the
     part of the Adviser, the Adviser shall not be subject to liability to the
     Trust or to any Holder of Interests in the Trust for any act or omission
     in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for
     any losses which may be sustained in the acquisition, holding or
     disposition of any security or other investment.

          6.     Sub-Investment Advisers.  The Adviser may employ one or more
     sub-investment advisers from time to time to perform such of the acts and
     services of the Adviser, including the selection of brokers or dealers to
     execute the Trust's portfolio security transactions, and upon such terms
     and conditions as may be agreed upon between the Adviser and such
     investment adviser and approved by the Trustees of the Trust.

          7.     Duration and Termination of this Agreement.  This Agreement
     shall become effective upon the date of its execution, and, unless
     terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full force and effect
     through and including February 28, 1995 and shall continue in full force
     and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so long as such continuance
     after February 28, 1995 is specifically approved at least annually (i) by
     the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by the vote of a
     majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons of
     the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for the
     purpose of voting on such approval.
<PAGE>






          Either party hereto may, at any time on sixty (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other, terminate this Agreement without the payment
     of any penalty, by action of Trustees of the Trust or the trustees of the
     Adviser, as the case may be, and the Trust may, at any time upon such
     written notice to the Adviser, terminate this Agreement by vote of a
     majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  This
     Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

          8.     Amendments of the Agreement.  This Agreement may be amended by
     a writing signed by both parties hereto, provided that no amendment to
     this Agreement shall be effective until approved (i) by the vote of a
     majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons of
     the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for the
     purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Trust.

          9.     Limitation of Liability.  The Adviser expressly acknowledges
     the provision in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust (Section 5.2 and
     5.6) limiting the personal liability of the Trustees and officers of the
     Trust, and the Adviser hereby agrees that it shall have recourse to the
     Trust for payment of claims or obligations as between the Trust and the
     Adviser arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek satisfaction from
     any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

          10.    Certain Definitions.  The terms "assignment" and "interested
     persons" when used herein shall have the respective meanings specified in
     the Investment Company Act of 1940 as now in effect or as hereafter
     amended subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted by the
     Securities and Exchange Commission by any rule, regulation or order.  The
     term "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities" shall mean
     the vote, at a meeting of Holders, of the lesser of (a) 67 per centum or
     more of the Interests in the Trust present or represented by proxy at the
     meeting if the Holders of more than 50 per centum of the outstanding
     Interests in the Trust are present or represented by proxy at the meeting,
     or (b) more than 50 per centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust. 
     The terms "Holders" and "Interests" when used herein shall have the
     respective meanings specified in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
     be executed on the day and year first above written.


     SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO      BOSTON MANAGEMENT AND RESEARCH


     By:  /s/Thomas J. Fetter               By:   /s/Curtis H. Jones      
        -------------------------              ---------------------------
          President                                  Vice President
                                                     and not individually
<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                              PLACEMENT AGENT AGREEMENT



                                                                February 1, 1994


     Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc.
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts  02110

     Gentlemen:

              This is to confirm that, in consideration of the agreements
     hereinafter contained, the undersigned, South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
     (the "Trust"), an open-end non-diversified management investment company
     registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940
     Act"), organized as a New York trust, has agreed that Eaton Vance
     Distributors, Inc. ("EVD") shall be the placement agent (the "Placement
     Agent") of Interests in the Trust ("Trust Interests").

              1.  Services as Placement Agent.

              1.1  EVD will act as Placement Agent of the Trust Interests
     covered by the Trust's registration statement then in effect under the
     1940 Act.  In acting as Placement Agent under this Placement Agent
     Agreement, neither EVD nor its employees or any agents thereof shall make
     any offer or sale of Trust Interests in a manner which would require the
     Trust Interests to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended (the "1933 Act").

              1.2  All activities by EVD and its agents and employees as
     Placement Agent of Trust Interests shall comply with all applicable laws,
     rules and regulations, including, without limitation, all rules and
     regulations adopted pursuant to the 1940 Act by the Securities and
     Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). 

              1.3  Nothing herein shall be construed to require the Trust to
     accept any offer to purchase any Trust Interests, all of which shall be
     subject to approval by the Board of Trustees.

              1.4  The Portfolio shall furnish from time to time for use in
     connection with the sale of Trust Interests such information with respect
     to the Trust and Trust Interests as EVD may reasonably request.  The Trust
     shall also furnish EVD upon request with: (a) unaudited semiannual
     statements of the Trust's books and accounts prepared by the Trust, and
     (b) from time to time such additional information regarding the Trust's
     financial or regulatory condition as EVD may reasonably request.

              1.5  The Trust represents to EVD that all registration statements
     filed by the Trust with the Commission under the 1940 Act with respect to
     Trust Interests have been prepared in conformity with the requirements of
     such statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. 
     As used in this Agreement the term "registration statement" shall mean any
<PAGE>






     registration statement filed with the Commission as modified by any
     amendments thereto that at any time shall have been filed with the
     Commission by or on behalf of the Trust.  The Trust represents and
     warrants to EVD that any registration statement will contain all
     statements required to be stated therein in conformity with both such
     statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission; that all
     statements of fact contained in any registration statement will be true
     and correct in all material respects at the time of filing of such
     registration statement or amendment thereto; and that no registration
     statement will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
     state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
     the statements therein not misleading to a purchaser of Trust Interests. 
     The Trust may but shall not be obligated to propose from time to time such
     amendment to any registration statement as in the light of future
     developments may, in the opinion of the Trust's counsel, be necessary or
     advisable.  If the Trust shall not propose such amendment and/or
     supplement within fifteen days after receipt by the Trust of a written
     request from EVD to do so, EVD may, at its option, terminate this
     Agreement.  The Trust shall not file any amendment to any registration
     statement without giving EVD reasonable notice thereof in advance;
     provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any
     way limit the Trust's right to file at any time such amendment to any
     registration statement as the Trust may deem advisable, such right being
     in all respects absolute and unconditional.

              1.6  The Trust agrees to indemnify, defend and hold EVD, its
     several officers and directors, and any person who controls EVD within the
     meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the Securities and
     Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act") (for purposes of this paragraph 1.6,
     collectively, "Covered Persons") free and harmless from and against any
     and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the cost of
     investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any
     counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which any Covered Person
     may incur under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, common law or otherwise,
     arising out of or based on any untrue statement of a material fact
     contained in any registration statement, private placement memorandum or
     other offering material ("Offering Material") or arising out of or based
     on any omission to state a material fact required to be stated in any
     Offering Material or necessary to make the statements in any Offering
     Material not misleading; provided, however, that the Trust's agreement to
     indemnify Covered Persons shall not be deemed to cover any claims,
     demands, liabilities or expenses arising out of any financial and other
     statements as are furnished in writing to the Trust by EVD in its capacity
     as Placement Agent for use in the answers to any items of any registration
     statement or in any statements made in any Offering Material, or arising
     out of or based on any omission or alleged omission to state a material
     fact in connection with the giving of such information required to be
     stated in such answers or necessary to make the answers not misleading;
     and further provided that the Trust's agreement to indemnify EVD and the
     Trust's representations and warranties hereinbefore set forth in this
     paragraph 1.6 shall not be deemed to cover any liability to the Trust or
     its investors to which a Covered Person would otherwise be subject by
     reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
     performance of its duties, or by reason of a Covered Person's reckless
<PAGE>






     disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.  The Trust
     should be notified of any action brought against a Covered Person, such
     notification to be given by a writing addressed to the Trust, 24 Federal
     Street Boston, Massachusetts 02110,  with a copy to the Adviser of the
     Portfolio, Boston Management and Research, at the same address, promptly
     after the summons or other first legal process shall have been duly and
     completely served upon such Covered Person.  The failure to so notify the
     Trust of any such action shall not relieve the Trust from any liability
     except to the extent the Trust shall have been prejudiced by such failure,
     or from any liability that the Trust may have to the Covered Person
     against whom such action is brought by reason of any such untrue statement
     or omission, otherwise than on account of the Trust's indemnity agreement
     contained in this paragraph.  The Trust will be entitled to assume the
     defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim, demand or
     liability, but in such case such defense shall be conducted by counsel of
     good standing chosen by the Trust and approved by EVD, which approval
     shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In the event the Trust elects to
     assume the defense of any such suit and retain counsel of good standing
     approved by EVD, the defendant or defendants in such suit shall bear the
     fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by any of them; but
     in case the Trust does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit or
     in case EVD reasonably does not approve of counsel chosen by the Trust,
     the Trust will reimburse the Covered Person named as defendant in such
     suit, for the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by EVD or it.  The
     Trust's indemnification agreement contained in this paragraph and the
     Trust's representations and warranties in this Agreement shall remain
     operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation
     made by or on behalf of Covered Persons, and shall survive the delivery of
     any Trust Interests.  This agreement of indemnity will inure exclusively
     to Covered Persons and their successors.  The Trust agrees to notify EVD
     promptly of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the
     Trust or any of its officers or Trustees in connection with the issue and
     sale of any Trust Interests.

              1.7  EVD agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Trust, its
     several officers and trustees, and any person who controls the Trust
     within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934
     Act (for purposes of this paragraph 1.7, collectively, "Covered Persons")
     free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands,
     liabilities and expenses (including the costs of investigating or
     defending such claims, demands, liabilities and any counsel fees incurred
     in connection therewith) that Covered Persons may incur under the 1933
     Act, the 1934 Act or common law or otherwise, but only to the extent that
     such liability or expense incurred by a Covered Person resulting from such
     claims or demands shall arise out of or be based on any untrue statement
     of a material fact contained in information furnished in writing by EVD in
     its capacity as Placement Agent to the Trust for use in the answers to any
     of the items of any registration statement or in any statements in any
     other Offering Material or shall arise out of or be based on any omission
     to state a material fact in connection with such information furnished in
     writing by EVD to the Trust required to be stated in such answers or
     necessary to make such information not misleading.  EVD shall be notified
     of any action brought against a Covered Person, such notification to be
     given by a writing addressed to EVD at 24 Federal Street, Boston,
<PAGE>






     Massachusetts 02110, promptly after the summons or other first legal
     process shall have been duly and completely served upon such Covered
     Person.  EVD shall have the right of first control of the defense of the
     action with counsel of its own choosing satisfactory to the Trust if such
     action is based solely on such alleged misstatement or omission on EVD's
     part, and in any other event each Covered Person shall have the right to
     participate in the defense or preparation of the defense of any such
     action.  The failure to so notify EVD of any such action shall not relieve
     EVD from any liability except to the extent the Trust shall have been
     prejudiced by such failure, or from any liability that EVD may have to
     Covered Persons by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement,
     or omission or alleged omission, otherwise than on account of EVD's
     indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph.

              1.8  No Trust Interests shall be offered by either EVD or the
     Trust under any of the provisions of this Agreement and no orders for the
     purchase or sale of Trust Interests hereunder shall be accepted by the
     Trust if and so long as the effectiveness of the registration statement or
     any necessary amendments thereto shall be suspended under any of the
     provisions of the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act; provided, however, that
     nothing contained in this paragraph shall in any way restrict or have an
     application to or bearing on the Trust's obligation to redeem Trust
     Interests from any investor in accordance with the provisions of the
     Trust's registration statement or Declaration of Trust, as amended from
     time to time.

              1.9  The Trust agrees to advise EVD as soon as reasonably
     practical by a notice in writing delivered to EVD or its counsel:

              (a)  of any request by the Commission for amendments to the
     registration statement then in effect or for additional information;

              (b)  in the event of the issuance by the Commission of any stop
     order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement then in
     effect or the initiation by service of process on the Trust of any
     proceeding for that purpose;

              (c)  of the happening of any event that makes untrue any
     statement of a material fact made in the registration statement then in
     effect or that requires the making of a change in such registration
     statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and

              (d)  of all action of the Commission with respect to any
     amendment to any registration statement that may from time to time be
     filed with the Commission.

              For purposes of this paragraph 1.9, informal requests by or acts
     of the Staff of the Commission shall not be deemed actions of or requests
     by the Commission.

              1.10  EVD agrees on behalf of itself and its employees to treat
     confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and
     other information not otherwise publicly available relative to the Trust
     and its prior, present or potential investors and not to use such records
<PAGE>






     and information for any purpose other than performance of its
     responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to
     and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be
     unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where EVD may be exposed to
     civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when
     requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or
     when so requested by the Trust.

              2.  Duration and Termination of this Agreement.

              This Agreement shall become effective upon the date of its
     execution, and, unless terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full
     force and effect through and including February 28, 1995 and shall
     continue in full force and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so
     long as such continuance after February 28, 1995 is specifically approved
     at least annually (i) by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of
     a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by
     the vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not
     interested persons of EVD or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called
     for the purpose of voting on such approval.

              Either party hereto may, at any time on sixty (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other, terminate this agreement without the payment
     of any penalty, by action of Trustees of the Trust or the Directors of
     EVD, as the case may be, and the Trust may, at any time upon such written
     notice to EVD, terminate this Agreement by vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  This Agreement shall
     terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              3.  Representations and Warranties.

              EVD and the Trust each hereby represents and warrants to the
     other that it has all requisite authority to enter into, execute, deliver
     and perform its obligations under this Agreement and that, with respect to
     it, this Agreement is legal, valid and binding, and enforceable in
     accordance with its terms.

              4.  Limitation of Liability.

              EVD expressly acknowledges the provision in the Declaration of
     Trust of the Trust (Sections 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the personal liability
     of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, and EVD hereby agrees that it
     shall have recourse to the Trust for payment of claims or obligations as
     between the Trust and EVD arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              5.  Certain Definitions.

              The terms "assignment" and "interested persons" when used herein
     shall have the respective meanings specified in the Investment Company Act
     of 1940 as now in effect or as hereafter amended subject, however, to such
     exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission by
     any rule, regulation or order.  The term "vote of a majority of the
     outstanding voting securities" shall mean the vote, at a meeting of
<PAGE>






     Holders, of the lesser of (a) 67 per centum or more of the Interests in
     the Trust present or represented by proxy at the meeting if the Holders of
     more than 50 per centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust are
     present or represented by proxy at the meeting, or (b) more than 50 per
     centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust.  The terms "Holders" and
     "Interests" when used herein shall have the respective meanings specified
     in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust.

              6.  Concerning Applicable Provisions of Law, etc.

              This Agreement shall be subject to all applicable provisions of
     law, including the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and to the extent
     that any provisions herein contained conflict with any such applicable
     provisions of law, the latter shall control.

              The laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts shall, except to
     the extent that any applicable provisions of federal law shall be
     controlling, govern the construction, validity and effect of this
     Agreement, without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

              If the contract set forth herein is acceptable to you, please so
     indicate by executing the enclosed copy of this Agreement and returning
     the same to the undersigned, whereupon this Agreement shall constitute a
     binding contract between the parties hereto effective at the closing of
     business on the date hereof.


                                       Yours very truly,

                                       SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                                       By:  /s/Thomas J. Fetter         
                                           -----------------------------
                                                President

     Accepted:

     EATON VANCE DISTRIBUTORS, INC.


     By:  /s/ H. Day Brigham, Jr.  
         --------------------------
              Vice President
<PAGE>

<PAGE>








                          SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO




                                                                February 1, 1994



     South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio hereby adopts and agrees to become a
     party to the attached Master Custodian Agreement between the Eaton Vance
     Hub Portfolios and Investors Bank & Trust Company.



                               SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                               By/s/ Thomas J. Fetter  
                                     President

     Accepted and agreed to:

     INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


     BY:/s/ Kevin Sheehan  
          Title: President
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

                                       between

                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS

                                         and

                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

     1.       Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1-3

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It  . . . .   3

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to
              Property of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              B.  Delivery of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4-7

              C.  Registration of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

              D.  Bank Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              E.  Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests,
                        in the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              F.  Investment and Availability of Federal Funds . . . . . . .   8

              G.  Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8-9

              H.  Payment of Trust Monies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10-11

              I.  Liability for Payment in Advance of
                  Receipt of Securities Purchased  . . . . . . . . . . .   11-12

              J.  Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions
                  of Interests of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              K.  Appointment of Agents by the Custodian . . . . . . . . . .  12

              L.  Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities
                        Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-14

              M.  Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved
                        Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper . . . . .   15-17

              N.  Segregated Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17

              O.  Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  . . . . . . . . .  18

              P.  Proxies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              Q.  Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio   . . . . . . .  18
                      Securities

              R.  Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  . . . . . . . . . .   18-19

              S.  Depository Receipts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

                                        - i -
<PAGE>






              T.  Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits . . . . . . . . . .  20

              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign
                        Currency Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20-22

              V.  Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  . . . . . . .  22

      4.      Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and
              Calculations of Net Asset Value  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22-23

      5.      Records and Miscellaneous Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23-24

      6.      Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . .  24

      7.      Compensation and Expenses of Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24

      8.      Responsibility of Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24-25

      9.      Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust . . . . . . .   25-26

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment;
              Successor Custodian  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26-27

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     12.      Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . .  28























                                        - ii -
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


              This Agreement is made between each investment company advised by
     Boston Management and Research which has adopted this Agreement in the
     manner provided herein and Investors Bank & Trust Company (hereinafter
     called "Bank", "Custodian" and "Agent"), a trust company established under
     the laws of Massachusetts with a principal place of business in Boston,
     Massachusetts.

              Whereas, each such investment company is registered under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940 and has appointed the Bank to act as
     Custodian of its property and to perform certain duties as its Agent, as
     more fully hereinafter set forth; and

              Whereas, the Bank is willing and able to act as each such
     investment company's Custodian and Agent, subject to and in accordance
     with the provisions hereof;

              Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises and of the
     mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, each such investment
     company and the Bank agree as follows:

     1.       DEFINITIONS

              Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases,
     unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

              (a)     "Trust" shall mean the investment company which has
     adopted this Agreement.

              (b)     "Board" shall mean the board of trustees of the Trust.

              (c)     "The Depository Trust Company", a clearing agency
     registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A
     of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a securities
     depository and which has been specifically approved as a securities
     depository for the Trust by the Board.

              (d)     "Participants Trust Company", a clearing agency
     registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A
     of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a securities
     depository and which has been specifically approved as a securities
     depository for the Trust by the Board.

              (e)     "Approved Clearing Agency" shall mean any other domestic
     clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
     under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a
     securities depository but only if the Custodian has received a certified
     copy of a resolution of the Board approving such clearing agency as a
     securities depository for the Trust.

              (f)     "Federal Book-Entry System" shall mean the book-entry
     system referred to in Rule 17f-4(b) under the Investment Company Act of
<PAGE>






     1940 for United States and federal agency securities (i.e., as provided in
     Subpart O of Treasury Circular No. 300, 31 CFR 306, Subpart B of 31 CFR
     Part 350, and the book-entry regulations of federal agencies substantially
     in the form of Subpart O).

              (g)     "Approved Foreign Securities Depository" shall mean a
     foreign securities depository or clearing agency referred to in Rule 17f-4
     under the Investment Company Act of 1940 for foreign securities but only
     if the Custodian has received a certified copy of a resolution of the
     Board approving such depository or clearing agency as a foreign securities
     depository for the Trust.

              (h)     "Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper" shall
     mean a system maintained by the Custodian or by a subcustodian employed
     pursuant to Section 2 hereof for the holding of commercial paper in
     book-entry form but only if the Custodian has received a certified copy of
     a resolution of the Board approving the participation by the Trust in such
     system.

              (i)     The Custodian shall be deemed to have received "proper
     instructions" in respect of any of the matters referred to in this
     Agreement upon receipt of written or facsimile instructions signed by such
     one or more person or persons as the Board shall have from time to time
     authorized to give the particular class of instructions in question. 
     Different persons may be authorized to give instructions for different
     purposes.  A certified copy of a resolution of the Board may be received
     and accepted by the Custodian as conclusive evidence of the authority of
     any such person to act and may be considered as in full force and effect
     until receipt of written notice to the contrary.  Such instructions may be
     general or specific in terms and, where appropriate, may be standing
     instructions.  Unless the resolution delegating authority to any person or
     persons to give a particular class of instructions specifically requires
     that the approval of any person, persons or committee shall first have
     been obtained before the Custodian may act on instructions of that class,
     the Custodian shall be under no obligation to question the right of the
     person or persons giving such instructions in so doing.  Oral instructions
     will be considered proper instructions if the Custodian reasonably
     believes them to have been given by a person authorized to give such
     instructions with respect to the transaction involved.  The Trust shall
     cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in writing.  The Trust
     authorizes the Custodian to tape record any and all telephonic or other
     oral instructions given to the Custodian.  Upon receipt of a certificate
     signed by two officers of the Trust as to the authorization by the
     President and the Treasurer of the Trust accompanied by a detailed
     description of the communication procedures approved by the President and
     the Treasurer of the Trust, "proper instructions" may also include
     communications effected directly between electromechanical or electronic
     devices provided that the President and Treasurer of the Trust and the
     Custodian are satisfied that such procedures afford adequate safeguards
     for the Trust's assets.  In performing its duties generally, and more
     particularly in connection with the purchase, sale and exchange of
     securities made by or for the Trust, the Custodian may take cognizance of

                                        - 2 -
<PAGE>






     the provisions of the governing documents and registration statement of
     the Trust as the same may from time to time be in effect (and resolutions
     or proceedings of the holders of interests in the Trust or the Board),
     but, nevertheless, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the
     Custodian may assume unless and until notified in writing to the contrary
     that so-called proper instructions received by it are not in conflict with
     or in any way contrary to any provisions of such governing documents and
     registration statement, or resolutions or proceedings of the holders of
     interests in the Trust or the Board.

              (j)  The term "Vote" when used with respect to the Board or the
     Holders of Interests in the Trust shall include a vote, resolution,
     consent, proceeding and other action taken by the Board or Holders in
     accordance with the Declaration of Trust or By-Laws of the Trust.

     2.       EMPLOYMENT OF CUSTODIAN AND PROPERTY TO BE HELD BY IT

              The Trust hereby appoints and employs the Bank as its Custodian
     and Agent in accordance with and subject to the provisions hereof, and the
     Bank hereby accepts such appointment and employment.  The Trust agrees to
     deliver to the Custodian all securities, participation interests, cash and
     other assets owned by it, and all payments of income, payments of
     principal and capital distributions and adjustments received by it with
     respect to all securities and participation interests owned by the Trust
     from time to time, and the cash consideration received by it from time to
     time in exchange for an interest in the Trust or for an increase in such
     an interest.  The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of
     the Trust held by the Trust and not delivered by the Trust to the
     Custodian.  The Trust will also deliver to the Bank from time to time
     copies of its currently effective declaration of trust, by-laws,
     registration statement and placement agent agreement with its placement
     agent, together with such resolutions, and other proceedings of the Trust
     as may be necessary for or convenient to the Bank in the performance of
     its duties hereunder.

              The Custodian may from time to time employ one or more
     subcustodians to perform such acts and services upon such terms and
     conditions as shall be approved from time to time by the Board.  Any such
     subcustodian so employed by the Custodian shall be deemed to be the agent
     of the Custodian, and the Custodian shall remain primarily responsible for
     the securities, participation interests, moneys and other property of the
     Trust held by such subcustodian.  Any foreign subcustodian shall be a bank
     or trust company which is an eligible foreign custodian within the meaning
     of Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the foreign
     custody arrangements shall be approved by the Board and shall be in
     accordance with and subject to the provisions of said Rule.  For the
     purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust held by any such
     subcustodian (domestic or foreign) shall be deemed to be held by the
     Custodian under the terms of this Agreement.




                                        - 3 -
<PAGE>






     3.       DUTIES OF THE CUSTODIAN WITH RESPECT TO PROPERTY OF THE TRUST 

              A.      Safekeeping and Holding of Property  The Custodian shall
                      keep safely all property of the Trust and on behalf of
                      the Trust shall from time to time receive delivery of
                      Trust property for safekeeping.  The Custodian shall
                      hold, earmark and segregate on its books and records for
                      the account of the Trust all property of the Trust,
                      including all securities, participation interests and
                      other assets of the Trust (1) physically held by the
                      Custodian, (2) held by any subcustodian referred to in
                      Section 2 hereof or by any agent referred to in Paragraph
                      K hereof, (3) held by or maintained in The Depository
                      Trust Company or in Participants Trust Company or in an
                      Approved Clearing Agency or in the Federal Book-Entry
                      System or in an Approved Foreign Securities Depository,
                      each of which from time to time is referred to herein as
                      a "Securities System", and (4) held by the Custodian or
                      by any subcustodian referred to in Section 2 hereof and
                      maintained in any Approved Book-Entry System for
                      Commercial Paper.

              B.      Delivery of Securities The Custodian shall release and
                      deliver securities or participation interests owned by
                      the Trust held (or deemed to be held) by the Custodian or
                      maintained in a Securities System account or in an
                      Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper account
                      only upon receipt of proper instructions, which may be
                      continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the
                      parties, and only in the following cases:

                      1)       Upon sale of such securities or participation
                               interests for the account of the Trust, but only
                               against receipt of payment therefor; if delivery
                               is made in Boston or New York City, payment
                               therefor shall be made in accordance with
                               generally accepted clearing house procedures or
                               by use of Federal Reserve Wire System procedures;
                               if delivery is made elsewhere payment therefor
                               shall be in accordance with the then current
                               "street delivery" custom or in accordance with
                               such procedures agreed to in writing from time to
                               time by the parties hereto; if the sale is
                               effected through a Securities System, delivery
                               and payment therefor shall be made in accordance
                               with the provisions of Paragraph L hereof; if the
                               sale of commercial paper is to be effected
                               through an Approved Book-Entry System for
                               Commercial Paper, delivery and payment therefor
                               shall be made in accordance with the provisions
                               of Paragraph M hereof; if the securities are to
                               be sold outside the United States, delivery may

                                        - 4 -
<PAGE>






                               be made in accordance with procedures agreed to
                               in writing from time to time by the parties
                               hereto; for the purposes of this subparagraph,
                               the term "sale" shall include the disposition of
                               a portfolio security (i) upon the exercise of an
                               option written by the Trust and (ii) upon the
                               failure by the Trust to make a successful bid
                               with respect to a portfolio security, the
                               continued holding of which is contingent upon the
                               making of such a bid;

                      2)       Upon the receipt of payment in connection with
                               any repurchase agreement or reverse repurchase
                               agreement relating to such securities and entered
                               into by the Trust;

                      3)       To the depository agent in connection with tender
                               or other similar offers for portfolio securities
                               of the Trust;

                      4)       To the issuer thereof or its agent when such
                               securities or participation interests are called,
                               redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable;
                               provided that, in any such case, the cash or
                               other consideration is to be delivered to the
                               Custodian or any subcustodian employed pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof;

                      5)       To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer
                               into the name of the Trust or into the name of
                               any nominee of the Custodian or into the name or
                               nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to
                               Paragraph K hereof or into the name or nominee
                               name of any subcustodian employed pursuant to
                               Section 2 hereof; or for exchange for a different
                               number of bonds, certificates or other evidence
                               representing the same aggregate face amount or
                               number of units; provided that, in any such case,
                               the new securities or participation interests are
                               to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof;

                      6)       To the broker selling the same for examination in
                               accordance with the "street delivery" custom;
                               provided that the Custodian shall adopt such
                               procedures as the Trust from time to time shall
                               approve to ensure their prompt return to the
                               Custodian by the broker in the event the broker
                               elects not to accept them;



                                        - 5 -
<PAGE>






                      7)       For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan
                               of merger, consolidation, recapitalization,
                               reorganization or readjustment of the securities
                               of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to
                               provisions for conversion of such securities, or
                               pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that,
                               in any such case, the new securities and cash, if
                               any, are to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof;

                      8)       In the case of warrants, rights or similar
                               securities, the surrender thereof in connection
                               with the exercise of such warrants, rights or
                               similar securities, or the surrender of interim
                               receipts or temporary securities for definitive
                               securities; provided that, in any such case, the
                               new securities and cash, if any, are to be
                               delivered to the Custodian or any subcustodian
                               employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof;

                      9)       For delivery in connection with any loans of
                               securities made by the Trust (such loans to be
                               made pursuant to the terms of the Trust's current
                               registration statement), but only against receipt
                               of adequate collateral as agreed upon from time
                               to time by the Custodian and the Trust, which may
                               be in the form of cash or obligations issued by
                               the United States government, its agencies or
                               instrumentalities; except that in connection with
                               any securities loans for which collateral is to
                               be credited to the Custodian's account in the
                               book-entry system authorized by the U.S.
                               Department of Treasury, the Custodian will not be
                               held liable or responsible for the delivery of
                               securities loaned by the Trust prior to the
                               receipt of such collateral;

                      10)      For delivery as security in connection with any
                               borrowings by the Trust requiring a pledge or
                               hypothecation of assets by the Trust (if then
                               permitted under circumstances described in the
                               current registration statement of the Trust),
                               provided, that the securities shall be released
                               only upon payment to the Custodian of the monies
                               borrowed, except that in cases where additional
                               collateral is required to secure a borrowing
                               already made, further securities may be released
                               for that purpose; upon receipt of proper
                               instructions, the Custodian may pay any such loan
                               upon redelivery to it of the securities pledged


                                        - 6 -
<PAGE>






                               or hypothecated therefor and upon surrender of
                               the note or notes evidencing the loan;



















































                                        - 7 -
<PAGE>






                      11)      When required for delivery in connection with any
                               redemption or repurchase of an interest in the
                               Trust in accordance with the provisions of
                               Paragraph J hereof;

                      12)      For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any agreement between the Custodian (or a
                               subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof) and a broker-dealer registered under the
                               Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, if
                               necessary, the Trust, relating to compliance with
                               the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation or
                               of any registered national securities exchange,
                               or of any similar organization or organizations,
                               regarding deposit or escrow or other arrangements
                               in connection with options transactions by the
                               Trust;

                      13)      For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any agreement among the Trust, the Custodian (or
                               a subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                               hereof), and a futures commissions merchant,
                               relating to compliance with the rules of the
                               Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or of
                               any contract market or commodities exchange or
                               similar organization, regarding futures margin
                               account deposits or payments in connection with
                               futures transactions by the Trust;

                      14)      For any other proper corporate purpose, but only
                               upon receipt of, in addition to proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of
                               the Board specifying the securities to be
                               delivered, setting forth the purpose for which
                               such delivery is to be made, declaring such
                               purpose to be proper corporate purpose, and
                               naming the person or persons to whom delivery of
                               such securities shall be made.

              C.      Registration of Securities  Securities held by the
                      Custodian (other than bearer securities) for the account
                      of the Trust shall be registered in the name of the Trust
                      or in the name of any nominee of the Trust or of any
                      nominee of the Custodian, or in the name or nominee name
                      of any agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof, or
                      in the name or nominee name of any subcustodian employed
                      pursuant to Section 2 hereof, or in the name or nominee
                      name of The Depository Trust Company or Participants
                      Trust Company or Approved Clearing Agency or Federal
                      Book-Entry System or Approved Book-Entry System for
                      Commercial Paper; provided, that securities are held in
                      an account of the Custodian or of such agent or of such

                                        - 8 -
<PAGE>






                      subcustodian containing only assets of the Trust or only
                      assets held by the Custodian or such agent or such
                      subcustodian as a custodian or subcustodian or in a
                      fiduciary capacity for customers.  All certificates for
                      securities accepted by the Custodian or any such agent or
                      subcustodian on behalf of the Trust shall be in "street"
                      or other good delivery form or shall be returned to the
                      selling broker or dealer who shall be advised of the
                      reason thereof.

              D.      Bank Accounts  The Custodian shall open and maintain a
                      separate bank account or accounts in the name of the
                      Trust, subject only to draft or order by the Custodian
                      acting in pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and
                      shall hold in such account or accounts, subject to the
                      provisions hereof, all cash received by it from or for
                      the account of the Trust other than cash maintained by
                      the Trust in a bank account established and used in
                      accordance with Rule 17f-3 under the Investment Company
                      Act of 1940.  Funds held by the Custodian for the Trust
                      may be deposited by it to its credit as Custodian in the
                      Banking Department of the Custodian or in such other
                      banks or trust companies as the Custodian may in its
                      discretion deem necessary or desirable; provided,
                      however, that every such bank or trust company shall be
                      qualified to act as a custodian under the Investment
                      Company Act of 1940 and that each such bank or trust
                      company and the funds to be deposited with each such bank
                      or trust company shall be approved in writing by two
                      officers of the Trust.  Such funds shall be deposited by
                      the Custodian in its capacity as Custodian and shall be
                      subject to withdrawal only by the Custodian in that
                      capacity.

              E.      Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests, in the
                      Trust  The Custodian shall make appropriate arrangements
                      with the Transfer Agent of the Trust to enable the
                      Custodian to make certain it promptly receives the cash
                      or other consideration due to the Trust for payment of
                      interests in the Trust, or increases in such interests,
                      in accordance with the governing documents and
                      registration statement of the Trust.  The Custodian will
                      provide prompt notification to the Trust of any receipt
                      by it of such payments.

              F.      Investment and Availability of Federal Funds  Upon
                      agreement between the Trust and the Custodian, the
                      Custodian shall, upon the receipt of proper instructions,
                      which may be continuing instructions when deemed
                      appropriate by the parties, invest in such securities and
                      instruments as may be set forth in such instructions on


                                        - 9 -
<PAGE>






                      the same day as received all federal funds received after
                      a time agreed upon between the Custodian and the Trust.

              G.      Collections  The Custodian shall promptly collect all
                      income and other payments with respect to registered
                      securities held hereunder to which the Trust shall be
                      entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the
                      securities business, and shall promptly collect all
                      income and other payments with respect to bearer
                      securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer, such
                      securities are held by the Custodian or agent thereof and
                      shall credit such income, as collected, to the Trust's
                      custodian account.  The Custodian shall do all things
                      necessary and proper in connection with such prompt
                      collections and, without limiting the generality of the
                      foregoing, the  Custodian shall

                      1)       Present for payment all coupons and other income
                               items requiring presentations;

                      2)       Present for payment all securities which may
                               mature or be called, redeemed, retired or
                               otherwise become payable;

                      3)       Endorse and deposit for collection, in the name
                               of the Trust, checks, drafts or other negotiable
                               instruments;

                      4)       Credit income from securities maintained in a
                               Securities System or in an Approved Book-Entry
                               System for Commercial Paper at the time funds
                               become available to the Custodian; in the case of
                               securities maintained in The Depository Trust
                               Company funds shall be deemed available to the
                               Trust not later than the opening of business on
                               the first business day after receipt of such
                               funds by the Custodian.

                               The Custodian shall notify the Trust as soon as
                               reasonably practicable whenever income due on any
                               security is not promptly collected.  In any case
                               in which the Custodian does not receive any due
                               and unpaid income after it has made demand for
                               the same, it shall immediately so notify the
                               Trust in writing, enclosing copies of any demand
                               letter, any written response thereto, and
                               memoranda of all oral responses thereto and to
                               telephonic demands, and await instructions from
                               the Trust; the Custodian shall in no case have
                               any liability for any nonpayment of such income
                               provided the Custodian meets the standard of care
                               set forth in Section 8 hereof.  The Custodian

                                        - 10 -
<PAGE>






                               shall not be obligated to take legal action for
                               collection unless and until reasonably
                               indemnified to its satisfaction.

                               The Custodian shall also receive and collect all
                               stock dividends, rights and other items of like
                               nature, and deal with the same pursuant to proper
                               instructions relative thereto.

              H.      Payment of Trust Monies  Upon receipt of proper
                      instructions, which may be continuing instructions when
                      deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall
                      pay out monies of the Trust in the following cases only:

                      1)       Upon the purchase of securities, participation
                               interests, options, futures contracts, forward
                               contracts and options on futures contracts
                               purchased for the account of the Trust but only
                               (a) against the receipt of

                               (i)  such securities registered as provided in
                               Paragraph C hereof or in proper form for transfer
                               or

                               (ii)  detailed instructions signed by an officer
                               of the Trust regarding the participation
                               interests to be purchased or

                               (iii)  written confirmation of the purchase by
                               the Trust of the options, futures contracts,
                               forward contracts or options on futures contracts
                               by the Custodian (or by a subcustodian employed
                               pursuant to Section 2 hereof or by a clearing
                               corporation of a national securities exchange of
                               which the Custodian is a member or by any bank,
                               banking institution or trust company doing
                               business in the United States or abroad which is
                               qualified under the Investment Company Act of
                               1940 to act as a custodian and which has been
                               designated by the Custodian as its agent for this
                               purpose or by the agent specifically designated
                               in such instructions as representing the
                               purchasers of a new issue of privately placed
                               securities); (b) in the case of a purchase
                               effected through a Securities System, upon
                               receipt of the securities by the Securities
                               System in accordance with the conditions set
                               forth in Paragraph L hereof; (c) in the case of a
                               purchase of commercial paper effected through an
                               Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper,
                               upon receipt of the paper by the Custodian or
                               subcustodian in accordance with the conditions

                                        - 11 -
<PAGE>






                               set forth in Paragraph M hereof; (d) in the case
                               of repurchase agreements entered into between the
                               Trust and another bank or a broker-dealer,
                               against receipt by the Custodian of the
                               securities underlying the repurchase agreement
                               either in certificate form or through an entry
                               crediting the Custodian's segregated,
                               non-proprietary account at the Federal Reserve
                               Bank of Boston with such securities along with
                               written evidence of the agreement by the bank or
                               broker-dealer to repurchase such securities from
                               the Trust; or (e) with respect to securities
                               purchased outside of the United States, in
                               accordance with written procedures agreed to from
                               time to time in writing by the parties hereto;

                      2)       When required in connection with the conversion,
                               exchange or surrender of securities owned by the
                               Trust as set forth in Paragraph B hereof;

                      3)       When required for the reduction or redemption of
                               an interest in the Trust in accordance with the
                               provisions of Paragraph J hereof;

                      4)       For the payment of any expense or liability
                               incurred by the Trust, including but not limited
                               to the following payments for the account of the
                               Trust:  advisory fees, interest, taxes,
                               management compensation and expenses, accounting,
                               transfer agent and legal fees, and other
                               operating expenses of the Trust whether or not
                               such expenses are to be in whole or part
                               capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

                      5)       For distributions or payment to Holders of
                               Interest in the Trust; and

                      6)       For any other proper corporate purpose, but only
                               upon receipt of, in addition to proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of
                               the Board, specifying the amount of such payment,
                               setting forth the purpose for which such payment
                               is to be made, declaring such purpose to be a
                               proper corporate purpose, and naming the person
                               or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

              I.      Liability for Payment in Advance of Receipt of Securities
                      Purchased  In any and every case where payment for
                      purchase of securities for the account of the Trust is
                      made by the Custodian in advance of receipt of the
                      securities purchased in the absence of specific written
                      instructions signed by two officers of the Trust to so

                                        - 12 -
<PAGE>






                      pay in advance, the Custodian shall be absolutely liable
                      to the Trust for such securities to the same extent as if
                      the securities had been received by the Custodian; except
                      that in the case of a repurchase agreement entered into
                      by the Trust with a bank which is a member of the Federal
                      Reserve System, the Custodian may transfer trusts to the
                      account of such bank prior to the receipt of (i) the
                      securities in certificate form subject to such repurchase
                      agreement or (ii) written evidence that the securities
                      subject to such repurchase agreement have been
                      transferred by book-entry into a segregated
                      non-proprietary account of the Custodian maintained with
                      the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston or (iii) the
                      safekeeping receipt, provided that such securities have
                      in fact been so transferred by book-entry and the written
                      repurchase agreement is received by the Custodian in due
                      course; and except that if the securities are to be
                      purchased outside the United States, payment may be made
                      in accordance with procedures agreed to in writing from
                      time to time by the parties hereto.

              J.      Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions of Interests in
                      the Trust  From such funds as may be available for the
                      purpose, but subject to any applicable resolutions of the
                      Board and the current procedures of the Trust, the
                      Custodian shall, upon receipt of written instructions
                      from the Trust or from the Trust's Transfer Agent, make
                      funds and/or portfolio securities available for payment
                      to Holders of Interest in the Trust who have caused the
                      amount of their interests to be reduced, or for their
                      interest to be redeemed.

              K.      Appointment of Agents by the Custodian  The Custodian may
                      at any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may
                      at any time remove) any other bank or trust company
                      (provided such bank or trust company is itself qualified
                      under the Investment Company Act of 1940 to act as a
                      custodian or is itself an eligible foreign custodian
                      within the meaning of Rule 17f-5 under said Act) as the
                      agent of the Custodian to carry out such of the duties
                      and functions of the Custodian described in this Section
                      3 as the Custodian may from time to time direct;
                      provided, however, that the appointment of any such agent
                      shall not relieve the Custodian of any of its
                      responsibilities or liabilities hereunder, and as between
                      the Trust and the Custodian the Custodian shall be fully
                      responsible for the acts and omissions of any such agent. 
                      For the purposes of this Agreement, any property of the
                      Trust held by any such agent shall be deemed to be held
                      by the Custodian hereunder.



                                        - 13 -
<PAGE>






              L.      Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities
                      Systems  The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain
                      securities owned by the Trust

                      (1)      in The Depository Trust Company;

                      (2)      in Participants Trust Company;

                      (3)      in any other Approved Clearing Agency;

                      (4)      in the Federal Book-Entry System; or

                      (5)      in an Approved Foreign Securities Depository in
                               each case only in accordance with applicable
                               Federal Reserve Board and Securities and Exchange
                               Commission rules and regulations, and at all
                               times subject to the following provisions:

                               (a)  The Custodian may (either directly or
                               through one or more subcustodians employed
                               pursuant to Section 2 keep securities of the
                               Trust in a Securities System provided that such
                               securities are maintained in a non-proprietary
                               account ("Account") of the Custodian or such
                               subcustodian in the Securities System which shall
                               not include any assets of the Custodian or such
                               subcustodian or any other person other than
                               assets held by the Custodian or such subcustodian
                               as a fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for its
                               customers.

                               (b)  The records of the Custodian with respect to
                               securities of the Trust which are maintained in a
                               Securities System shall identify by book-entry
                               those securities belonging to the Trust, and the
                               Custodian shall be fully and completely
                               responsible for maintaining a recordkeeping
                               system capable of accurately and currently
                               stating the Trust's holdings maintained in each
                               such Securities System.

                               (c)  The Custodian shall pay for securities
                               purchased in book-entry form for the account of
                               the Trust only upon (i) receipt of notice or
                               advice from the Securities System that such
                               securities have been transferred to the Account,
                               and (ii) the making of any entry on the records
                               of the Custodian to reflect such payment and
                               transfer for the account of the Trust.  The
                               Custodian shall transfer securities sold for the
                               account of the Trust only upon (i) receipt of
                               notice or advice from the Securities System that

                                        - 14 -
<PAGE>






                               payment for such securities has been transferred
                               to the Account, and (ii) the making of an entry
                               on the records of the Custodian to reflect such
                               transfer and payment for the account of the
                               Trust. Copies of all notices or advices from the
                               Securities System of transfers of securities for
                               the account of the Trust shall identify the
                               Trust, be maintained for the Trust by the
                               Custodian and be promptly provided to the Trust
                               at its request.  The Custodian shall promptly
                               send to the Trust confirmation of each transfer
                               to or from the account of the Trust in the form
                               of a written advice or notice of each such
                               transaction, and shall furnish to the Trust
                               copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting
                               each day's transactions in the Securities System
                               for the account of the Trust on the next business
                               day.

                               (d)  The Custodian shall promptly send to the
                               Trust any report or other communication received
                               or obtained by the Custodian relating to the
                               Securities System's accounting system, system of
                               internal accounting controls or procedures for
                               safeguarding securities deposited in the
                               Securities System; the Custodian shall promptly
                               send to the Trust any report or other
                               communication relating to the Custodian's
                               internal accounting controls and procedures for
                               safeguarding securities deposited in any
                               Securities System; and the Custodian shall ensure
                               that any agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K
                               hereof or any subcustodian employed pursuant to
                               Section 2 hereof shall promptly send to the Trust
                               and to the Custodian any report or other
                               communication relating to such agent's or
                               subcustodian's internal accounting controls and
                               procedures for safeguarding securities deposited
                               in any Securities System.  The Custodian's books
                               and records  relating to the Trust's
                               participation in each Securities System will at
                               all times during regular business hours be open
                               to the inspection of the Trust's authorized
                               officers, employees or agents.

                               (e)  The Custodian shall not act under this
                               Paragraph L in the absence of receipt of a
                               certificate of an officer of the Trust that the
                               Board has approved the use of a particular
                               Securities System; the Custodian shall also
                               obtain appropriate assurance from the officers of
                               the Trust that the Board has annually reviewed

                                        - 15 -
<PAGE>






                               the continued use by the Trust of each Securities
                               System, and the Trust shall promptly notify the
                               Custodian if the use of a Securities System is to
                               be discontinued; at the request of the Trust, the
                               Custodian will terminate the use of any such
                               Securities System as promptly as practicable.

                               (f)  Anything to the contrary in this Agreement
                               notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to
                               the Trust for any loss or damage to the Trust
                               resulting from use of the Securities System by
                               reason of any negligence, misfeasance or
                               misconduct of the Custodian or any of its agents
                               or subcustodians or of any of its or their
                               employees or from any failure of the Custodian or
                               any such agent or subcustodian to enforce
                               effectively such rights as it may have against
                               the Securities System or any other person; at the
                               election of the Trust, it shall be entitled to be
                               subrogated to the rights of the Custodian with
                               respect to any claim against the Securities
                               System or any other person which the Custodian
                               may have as a consequence of any such loss or
                               damage if and to the extent that the Trust has
                               not been made whole for any such loss or damage.

              M.      Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper  Upon receipt of
                      proper instructions with respect to each issue of direct
                      issue commercial paper purchased by the Trust, the
                      Custodian may deposit and/or maintain direct issue
                      commercial paper owned by the Trust in any Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, in each case only
                      in accordance with applicable Securities and Exchange
                      Commission rules, regulations, and no-action
                      correspondence, and at all times subject to the following
                      provisions:

                      (a)  The Custodian may (either directly or through one or
                      more subcustodians employed pursuant to Section 2) keep
                      commercial paper of the Trust in an Approved Book-Entry
                      System for Commercial Paper, provided that such paper is
                      issued in book entry form by the Custodian or
                      subcustodian on behalf of an issuer with which the
                      Custodian or subcustodian has entered into a book-entry
                      agreement and provided further that such paper is
                      maintained in a non-proprietary account ("Account") of
                      the Custodian or such subcustodian in an Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper which shall not
                      include any assets of the Custodian or such subcustodian
                      or any other person other than assets held by the


                                        - 16 -
<PAGE>






                      Custodian or such subcustodian as a fiduciary, custodian,
                      or otherwise for its customers.

                      (b)  The records of the Custodian with respect to
                      commercial paper of the Trust which is maintained in an
                      Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper shall
                      identify by book-entry each specific issue of commercial
                      paper purchased by the Trust which is included in the
                      Securities System and shall at all times during regular
                      business hours be open for inspection by authorized
                      officers, employees or agents of the Trust.  The
                      Custodian shall be fully and completely responsible for
                      maintaining a recordkeeping system capable of accurately
                      and currently stating the Trust's holdings of commercial
                      paper maintained in each such System.

                      (c)  The Custodian shall pay for commercial paper
                      purchased in book-entry form for the account of the Trust
                      only upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of notice or advice
                      from the issuer that such paper has been issued, sold and
                      transferred to the Account, and (ii) the making of an
                      entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such
                      purchase, payment and transfer for the account of the
                      Trust.  The Custodian shall transfer such commercial
                      paper which is sold or cancel such commercial paper which
                      is redeemed for the account of the Trust only upon
                      contemporaneous (i) receipt of notice or advice that
                      payment for such paper has been transferred to the
                      Account, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records
                      of the Custodian to reflect such transfer or redemption
                      and payment for the account of the Trust. Copies of all
                      notices, advices and confirmations of transfers of
                      commercial paper for the account of the Trust shall
                      identify the Trust, be maintained for the Trust by the
                      Custodian and be promptly provided to the Trust at its
                      request.  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust
                      confirmation of each transfer to or from the account of
                      the Trust in the form of a written advice or notice of
                      each such transaction, and shall furnish to the Trust
                      copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting each day's
                      transactions in the System for the account of the Trust
                      on the next business day.

                      (d)  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any
                      report or other communication received or obtained by the
                      Custodian relating to each System's accounting system,
                      system of internal accounting controls or procedures for
                      safeguarding commercial paper deposited in the System;
                      the Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any report
                      or other communication relating to the Custodian's
                      internal accounting controls and procedures for
                      safeguarding commercial paper deposited in any Approved

                                        - 17 -
<PAGE>






                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper; and the Custodian
                      shall ensure that any agent appointed pursuant to
                      Paragraph K hereof or any subcustodian employed pursuant
                      to Section 2 hereof shall promptly send to the Trust and
                      to the Custodian any report or other communication
                      relating to such agent's or subcustodian's internal
                      accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding
                      securities deposited in any Approved Book-Entry System
                      for Commercial Paper.

                      (e)  The Custodian shall not act under this Paragraph M
                      in the absence of receipt of a certificate of an officer
                      of the Trust that the Board has approved the use of a
                      particular Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial
                      Paper; the Custodian shall also obtain appropriate
                      assurance from the officers of the Trust that the Board
                      has annually reviewed the continued use by the Trust of
                      each Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, and
                      the Trust shall promptly notify the Custodian if the use
                      of an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is
                      to be discontinued; at the request of the Trust, the
                      Custodian will terminate the use of any such System as
                      promptly as practicable.

                      (f)  The Custodian (or subcustodian, if the Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is maintained by
                      the subcustodian) shall issue physical commercial paper
                      or promissory notes whenever requested to do so by the
                      Trust or in the event of an electronic system failure
                      which impedes issuance, transfer or custody of direct
                      issue commercial paper by book-entry.

                      (g)  Anything to the contrary in this Agreement
                      notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to the
                      Trust for any loss or damage to the Trust resulting from
                      use of any Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial
                      Paper by reason of any negligence, misfeasance or
                      misconduct of the Custodian or any of its agents or
                      subcustodians or of any of its or their employees or from
                      any failure of the Custodian or any such agent or
                      subcustodian to enforce effectively such rights as it may
                      have against the System, the issuer of the commercial
                      paper or any other person; at the election of the Trust,
                      it shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of
                      the Custodian with respect to any claim against the
                      System, the issuer of the commercial paper or any other
                      person which the Custodian may have as a consequence of
                      any such loss or damage if and to the extent that the
                      Trust has not been made whole for any such loss or
                      damage.



                                        - 18 -
<PAGE>






              N.      Segregated Account  The Custodian shall upon receipt of
                      proper instructions establish and maintain a segregated
                      account or accounts for and on behalf of the Trust, into
                      which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or
                      securities, including securities maintained in an account
                      by the Custodian pursuant to Paragraph L hereof, (i) in
                      accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the
                      Trust, the Custodian and any registered broker-dealer (or
                      any futures commission merchant), relating to compliance
                      with the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of
                      any registered national securities exchange (or of the
                      Commodity Futures Trading Commission or of any contract
                      market or commodities exchange), or of any similar
                      organization or organizations, regarding escrow or
                      deposit or other arrangements in connection with
                      transactions by the Trust, (ii) for purposes of
                      segregating cash or U.S. Government securities in
                      connection with options  purchased, sold or written by
                      the Trust or futures contracts or options thereon
                      purchased or sold by the Trust, (iii) for the purposes of
                      compliance by the Trust with the procedures required by
                      Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any
                      subsequent release or releases of the Securities and
                      Exchange Commission relating to the maintenance of
                      segregated accounts by registered investment companies
                      and (iv) for other proper purposes, but only, in the case
                      of clause (iv), upon receipt of, in addition to proper
                      instructions, a certificate signed by two officers of the
                      Trust, setting forth the purpose such segregated account
                      and declaring such purpose to be a proper purpose.

              O.      Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  The Custodian
                      shall execute ownership and other certificates and
                      affidavits for all federal and state tax purposes in
                      connection with receipt of income or other payments with
                      respect to securities of the Trust held by it and in
                      connection with transfers of securities.

              P.      Proxies  The Custodian shall, with respect to the
                      securities held by it hereunder, cause to be promptly
                      delivered to the Trust all forms of proxies and all
                      notices of meetings and any other notices or
                      announcements or other written information affecting or
                      relating to the securities, and upon receipt of proper
                      instructions shall execute and deliver or cause its
                      nominee to execute and deliver such proxies or other
                      authorizations as may be required. Neither the Custodian
                      nor its nominee shall vote upon any of the securities or
                      execute any proxy to vote thereon or give any consent or
                      take any other action with respect thereto (except as
                      otherwise herein provided) unless ordered to do so by
                      proper instructions.

                                        - 19 -
<PAGE>






              Q.      Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio Securities 
                      The Custodian shall deliver promptly to the Trust all
                      written information (including, without limitation,
                      pendency of call and maturities of securities and
                      participation interests and expirations of rights in
                      connection therewith and notices of exercise of call and
                      put options written by the Trust and the maturity of
                      futures contracts purchased or sold by the Trust)
                      received by the Custodian from issuers and other persons
                      relating to the securities and participation interests
                      being held for the Trust.  With respect to tender or
                      exchange offers, the Custodian shall deliver promptly to
                      the Trust all written information received by the
                      Custodian from issuers and other persons relating to the
                      securities and participation interests whose tender or
                      exchange is sought and from the party (or his agents)
                      making the tender or exchange offer.

              R.      Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  In the case of tender
                      offers, similar offers to purchase or exercise rights
                      (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and
                      maturities of securities and participation interests and
                      expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices
                      of exercise of call and put options and the maturity of
                      futures contracts) affecting or relating to securities
                      and participation interests held by the Custodian under
                      this Agreement, the Custodian shall have responsibility
                      for promptly notifying the Trust of all such offers in
                      accordance with the standard of reasonable care set forth
                      in Section 8 hereof.  For all such offers for which the
                      Custodian is responsible as provided in this Paragraph R,
                      the Trust shall have responsibility for providing the
                      Custodian with all necessary instructions in timely
                      fashion.  Upon receipt of proper instructions, the
                      Custodian shall timely deliver to the issuer or trustee
                      thereof, or to the agent of either, warrants, puts,
                      calls, rights or similar securities for the purpose of
                      being exercised or sold upon proper receipt therefor and
                      upon receipt of assurances satisfactory to the Custodian
                      that the new securities and cash, if any, acquired by
                      such action are to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                      subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof.  Upon
                      receipt of proper instructions, the Custodian shall
                      timely deposit securities upon invitations for tenders of
                      securities upon proper receipt therefor and upon receipt
                      of assurances satisfactory to the Custodian that the
                      consideration to be paid or delivered or the tendered
                      securities are to be returned to the Custodian or
                      subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof. 
                      Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the
                      contrary, the Custodian shall take all necessary action,
                      unless otherwise directed to the contrary by proper

                                        - 20 -
<PAGE>






                      instructions, to comply with the terms of all mandatory
                      or compulsory exchanges, calls, tenders, redemptions, or
                      similar rights of security ownership, and shall
                      thereafter promptly notify the Trust in writing of such
                      action.

              S.      Depository Receipts  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of
                      proper instructions, surrender or cause to be surrendered
                      foreign securities to the depository used by an issuer of
                      American Depository Receipts or International Depository
                      Receipts (hereinafter collectively referred to as "ADRs")
                      for such securities, against a written receipt therefor
                      adequately describing such securities and written
                      evidence satisfactory to the Custodian that the
                      depository has acknowledged receipt of instructions to
                      issue with respect to such securities in the name of a
                      nominee of the Custodian or in the name or nominee name
                      of any subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2
                      hereof, for delivery to the Custodian or such
                      subcustodian at such place as the Custodian or such
                      subcustodian may from time to time designate. The
                      Custodian shall, upon receipt of proper instructions,
                      surrender ADRs to the issuer thereof against a written
                      receipt therefor adequately describing the ADRs
                      surrendered and written evidence satisfactory to the
                      Custodian that the issuer of the ADRs has acknowledged
                      receipt of instructions to cause its depository to
                      deliver the securities underlying such ADRs to the
                      Custodian or to a subcustodian employed pursuant to
                      Section 2 hereof.

              T.      Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits  The Custodian
                      shall, upon receipt of proper instructions, place
                      interest bearing fixed term and call deposits with the
                      banking department of such banking institution (other
                      than the Custodian) and in such amounts as the Trust may
                      designate.  Deposits may be denominated in U.S. Dollars
                      or other currencies.  The Custodian shall include in its
                      records with respect to the assets of the Trust
                      appropriate notation as to the amount and currency of
                      each such deposit, the accepting banking institution and
                      other appropriate details and shall retain such forms of
                      advice or receipt evidencing the deposit, if any, as may
                      be forwarded to the Custodian by the banking institution. 
                      Such deposits shall be deemed portfolio securities of the
                      Trust for the purposes of this Agreement, and the
                      Custodian shall be responsible for the collection of
                      income from such accounts and the transmission of cash to
                      and from such accounts.

              U.      Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency
                      Transactions

                                        - 21 -
<PAGE>






                      1.  Options.  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of proper
                      instructions and in accordance with the provisions of any
                      agreement between the Custodian, any registered
                      broker-dealer and, if necessary, the Trust, relating to
                      compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing
                      Corporation or of any registered national securities
                      exchange or similar organization or organizations,
                      receive and retain confirmations or other documents, if
                      any, evidencing the purchase or writing of an option on a
                      security or securities index or other financial
                      instrument or index by the Trust; deposit and maintain in
                      a segregated account for the Trust, either physically or
                      by book-entry in a Securities System, securities subject
                      to a covered call option written by the Trust; and
                      release and/or transfer such securities or other assets
                      only in accordance with a notice or other communication
                      evidencing the expiration, termination or exercise of
                      such covered option furnished by the Options Clearing
                      Corporation, the securities or options exchange on which
                      such covered option is traded or such other organization
                      as may be responsible for handling such options
                      transactions.  The Custodian and the broker-dealer shall
                      be responsible for the sufficiency of assets held in the
                      Trust's segregated account in compliance with applicable
                      margin maintenance requirements.

                      2.  Futures Contracts.  The Custodian shall, upon  
                      receipt of proper instructions, receive and retain
                      confirmations and other documents, if any, evidencing the
                      purchase or sale of a futures contract or an option on a
                      futures contract by the Trust; deposit and maintain in a
                      segregated account, for the benefit of any futures
                      commission merchant, assets designated by the Trust as
                      initial, maintenance or variation "margin" deposits
                      (including mark-to-market payments) intended to secure
                      the Trust's performance of its obligations under any
                      futures contracts purchased or sold or any options on
                      futures contracts written by Trust, in accordance with
                      the provisions of any agreement or agreements among the
                      Trust, the Custodian and such futures commission
                      merchant, designed to comply with the rules of the
                      Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or of any
                      contract market or commodities exchange or similar
                      organization regarding such margin deposits or payments;
                      and release and/or transfer assets in such margin
                      accounts only in accordance with any such agreements or
                      rules.  The Custodian and the futures commission merchant
                      shall be responsible for the sufficiency of assets held
                      in the segregated account in compliance with the
                      applicable margin maintenance and mark-to-market payment
                      requirements.


                                        - 22 -
<PAGE>






                      3.  Foreign Exchange Transactions.  The Custodian shall,
                      pursuant to proper instructions, enter into or cause a
                      subcustodian to enter into foreign exchange contracts or
                      options to purchase and sell foreign currencies for spot
                      and future delivery on behalf and for the account of the
                      Trust.  Such transactions may be undertaken by the
                      Custodian or subcustodian with such banking or financial
                      institutions or other currency brokers, as set forth in
                      proper instructions.  Foreign exchange contracts and
                      options shall be deemed to be portfolio securities of the
                      Trust; and accordingly, the responsibility of the
                      Custodian therefor shall be the same as and no greater
                      than the Custodian's responsibility in respect of other
                      portfolio securities of the Trust.  The Custodian shall
                      be responsible for the transmittal to and receipt of cash
                      from the currency broker or banking or financial
                      institution with which the contract or option is made,
                      the maintenance of proper records with respect to the
                      transaction and the maintenance of any segregated account
                      required in connection with the transaction.  The
                      Custodian shall have no duty with respect to the
                      selection of the currency brokers or banking or financial
                      institutions with which the Trust deals or for their
                      failure to comply with the terms of any contract or
                      option.  Without limiting the foregoing, it is agreed
                      that upon receipt of proper instructions and insofar as
                      funds are made available to the Custodian for the
                      purpose, the Custodian may (if determined necessary by
                      the Custodian to consummate a particular transaction on
                      behalf and for the account of the Trust) make free
                      outgoing payments of cash in the form of U.S. dollars or
                      foreign currency before receiving confirmation of a
                      foreign exchange contract or confirmation that the
                      countervalue currency completing the foreign exchange
                      contract has been delivered or received.  The Custodian
                      shall not be responsible for any costs and interest
                      charges which may be incurred by the Trust or the
                      Custodian as a result of the failure or delay of third
                      parties to deliver foreign exchange; provided that the
                      Custodian shall nevertheless be held to the standard of
                      care set forth in, and shall be liable to the Trust in
                      accordance with, the provisions of Section 8.

              V.      Actions Permitted Without Express Authority.  The
                      Custodian may in its discretion, without express
                      authority from the Trust:

                          1)   make payments to itself or others for minor
                               expenses of handling securities or other similar
                               items relating to its duties under this
                               Agreement, provided, that all such payments shall


                                        - 23 -
<PAGE>






                               be accounted for by the Custodian to the
                               Treasurer of the Trust;

                          2)   surrender securities in temporary form for
                               securities in definitive form;

                          3)   endorse for collection, in the name of the Trust,
                               checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments;
                               and

                          4)   in general, attend to all nondiscretionary
                               details in connection with the sale, exchange,
                               substitution, purchase, transfer and other
                               dealings with the securities and property of the
                               Trust except as otherwise directed by the Trust.

     4.       DUTIES OF BANK WITH RESPECT TO BOOKS OF ACCOUNT AND CALCULATIONS
              OF NET ASSET VALUE

              The Bank shall as Agent (or as Custodian, as the case may be)
     keep such books of account (including records showing the adjusted tax
     costs of the Trust's portfolio securities) and render as at the close of
     business on each day a detailed statement of the amounts received or paid
     out and of securities received or delivered for the account of the Trust
     during said day and such other statements, including a daily trial balance
     and inventory of the Trust's portfolio securities; and shall furnish such
     other financial information and data as from time to time requested by the
     Treasurer or any executive officer of the Trust; and shall compute and
     determine, as of the close of business of the New York Stock Exchange, or
     at such other time or times as the Board may determine, the net asset
     value of the Trust and the net asset value of each interest in the Trust,
     such computations and determinations to be made in accordance with the
     governing documents of the Trust and the votes and instructions of the
     Board and of the investment adviser at the time in force and applicable,
     and promptly notify the Trust and its investment adviser and such other
     persons as the Trust may request of the result of such computation and
     determination.  In computing the net asset value the Custodian may rely
     upon security quotations received by telephone or otherwise from sources
     or pricing services designated by the Trust by proper instructions, and
     may further rely upon information furnished to it by any authorized
     officer of the Trust relative (a) to liabilities of the Trust not
     appearing on its books of account, (b) to the existence, status and proper
     treatment of any reserve or reserves, (c) to any procedures or policies
     established by the Board regarding the valuation of portfolio securities
     or other assets, and (d) to the value to be assigned to any bond, note,
     debenture, Treasury bill, repurchase agreement, subscription right,
     security, participation interests or other asset or property for which
     market quotations are not readily available.  The Custodian shall also
     compute and determine at such time or times as the Trust may designate the
     portion of each item which has significance for a holder of an interest in
     the Trust in computing and determining its federal income tax liability
     including, but not limited to, each item of income, expense and realized

                                        - 24 -
<PAGE>






     and unrealized gain or loss of the Trust which is attributable for Federal
     income tax purposes to each such holder.

     5.       RECORDS AND MISCELLANEOUS DUTIES

              The Bank shall create, maintain and preserve all records relating
     to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as
     will meet the obligations of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, with particular attention to Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and
     31a-2 thereunder, applicable federal and state tax laws and any other law
     or administrative rules or procedures which may be applicable to the
     Trust.  All books of account and records maintained by the Bank in
     connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement shall
     be the property of the Trust, shall at all times during the regular
     business hours of the Bank be open for inspection by authorized officers,
     employees or agents of the Trust, and in the event of termination of this
     Agreement shall be delivered to the Trust or to such other person or
     persons as shall be designated by the Trust.  Disposition of any account
     or record after any required period of preservation shall be only in
     accordance with specific instructions received from the Trust.  The Bank
     shall assist generally in the preparation of reports to holder of interest
     in the Trust, to the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Form
     N-SAR, and to others, audits of accounts, and other ministerial matters of
     like nature; and, upon request, shall furnish the Trust's auditors with an
     attested inventory of securities held with appropriate information as to
     securities in transit or in the process of purchase or sale and with such
     other information as said auditors may from time to time request.  The
     Custodian shall also maintain records of all receipts, deliveries and
     locations of such securities, together with a current inventory thereof,
     and shall conduct periodic verifications (including sampling counts at the
     Custodian) of certificates representing bonds and other securities for
     which it is responsible under this Agreement in such manner as the
     Custodian shall determine from time to time to be advisable in order to
     verify the accuracy of such inventory.  The Bank shall not disclose or use
     any books or records it has prepared or maintained by reason of this
     Agreement in any manner except as expressly authorized herein or directed
     by the Trust, and the Bank shall keep confidential any information
     obtained by reason of this Agreement.

     6.       OPINION OF TRUST'S INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

              The Custodian shall take all reasonable action, as the Trust may
     from time to time request, to enable the Trust to obtain from year to year
     favorable opinions from the Trust's independent public accountants with
     respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of
     the Trust's registration statement and Form N-SAR or other periodic
     reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission and with respect to any
     other requirements of such Commission.





                                        - 25 -
<PAGE>






     7.       COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF BANK

              The Bank shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its
     services as Custodian and Agent, as agreed upon from time to time between
     the Trust and the Bank.  The Bank shall be entitled to receive from the
     Trust on demand reimbursement for its cash disbursements, expenses and
     charges, including counsel fees, in connection with its duties as
     Custodian and Agent hereunder, but excluding salaries and usual overhead
     expenses.

     8.       RESPONSIBILITY OF BANK

              So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of
     reasonable care, the Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held harmless in
     acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument
     reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper
     party or parties.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be entitled to rely on and
     may act upon advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Trust) on all
     matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or
     omitted pursuant to such advice.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held to the exercise of
     reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement but shall
     be liable only for its own negligent or bad faith acts or failures to act. 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this paragraph is
     intended to nor shall it be construed to modify the standards of care and
     responsibility set forth in Section 2 hereof with respect to subcustodians
     and in subparagraph f of Paragraph L of Section 3 hereof with respect to
     Securities Systems and in subparagraph g of Paragraph M of Section 3
     hereof with respect to an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.

              The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a
     foreign banking institution to the same extent as set forth with respect
     to subcustodians generally in Section 2 hereof, provided that, regardless
     of whether assets are maintained in the custody of a foreign banking
     institution, a foreign securities depository or a branch of a U.S. bank,
     the Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense,
     liability or claim resulting from, or caused by, the direction of or
     authorization by the Trust to maintain custody of any securities or cash
     of the Trust in a foreign country including, but not limited to, losses
     resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, acts
     of war, civil war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, military or
     usurped powers, nuclear fission, fusion or radiation, earthquake, storm or
     other disturbance of nature or acts of God.

              If the Trust requires the Bank in any capacity to take any action
     with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or
     which action may, in the opinion of the Bank, result in the Bank or its
     nominee assigned to the Trust being liable for the payment of money or
     incurring liability of some other form, the Trust, as a prerequisite to

                                        - 26 -
<PAGE>






     requiring the Custodian to take such action, shall provide indemnity to
     the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

     9.       PERSONS HAVING ACCESS TO ASSETS OF THE TRUST

              (i)  No trustee, officer, employee, or agent of the Trust shall
     have physical access to the assets of the Trust held by the Custodian or
     be authorized or permitted to withdraw any investments of the Trust, nor
     shall the Custodian deliver any assets of the Trust to any such person. 
     No officer or director, employee or agent of the Custodian who holds any
     similar position with the Trust or the investment adviser or the
     administrator of the Trust shall have access to the assets of the Trust.

              (ii)  Access to assets of the Trust held hereunder shall only be
     available to duly authorized officers, employees, representatives or
     agents of the Custodian or other persons or entities for whose actions the
     Custodian shall be responsible to the extent permitted hereunder, or to
     the Trust's independent public accountants in connection with their
     auditing duties performed on behalf of the Trust.

              (iii)  Nothing in this Section 9 shall prohibit any officer,
     employee or agent of the Trust or of the investment adviser of the Trust
     from giving instructions to the Custodian or executing a certificate so
     long as it does not result in delivery of or access to assets of the Trust
     prohibited by paragraph (i) of this Section 9.

     10.      EFFECTIVE PERIOD, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT; SUCCESSOR 
              CUSTODIAN

              This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall
     continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter
     provided, may be amended at any time by mutual agreement of the parties
     hereto and may be terminated by either party by an instrument in writing
     delivered or mailed, postage prepaid to the other party, such termination
     to take effect not sooner than sixty (60) days after the date of such
     delivery or mailing; provided, that the Trust may at any time by action of
     its Board, (i) substitute another bank or trust company for the Custodian
     by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or
     (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment
     of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by the Federal Deposit
     Insurance Corporation or by the Banking Commissioner of The Commonwealth
     of Massachusetts or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of
     an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction.  Upon
     termination of the Agreement, the Trust shall pay to the Custodian such
     compensation as may be due as of the date of such termination and shall
     likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs, expenses and
     disbursements.

              Unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding "voting
     securities" of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of
     1940) vote to have the securities, funds and other properties held
     hereunder delivered and paid over to some other bank or trust company,

                                        - 27 -
<PAGE>






     specified in the vote, having not less than $2,000,000 of aggregate
     capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last published
     report, and meeting such other qualifications for custodians set forth in
     the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Board shall, forthwith, upon
     giving or receiving notice of termination of this Agreement, appoint as
     successor custodian, a bank or trust company having such qualifications. 
     The Bank, as Custodian, Agent or otherwise, shall, upon termination of the
     Agreement, deliver to such successor custodian, all securities then held
     hereunder and all funds or other properties of the Trust deposited with or
     held by the Bank hereunder and all books of account and records kept by
     the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank
     relative thereto.  In the event that no such vote has been adopted by the
     Holders of Interest in the Trust and that no written order designating a
     successor custodian shall have been delivered to the Bank on or before the
     date when such termination shall become effective, then the Bank shall not
     deliver the securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the
     Trust but shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company doing
     business in Boston, Massachusetts of its own selection, having an
     aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last
     published report, of not less than $2,000,000, all funds, securities and
     properties of the Trust held by or deposited with the Bank, and all books
     of account and records kept by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and
     all documents held by the Bank relative thereto.  Thereafter such bank or
     trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this
     Agreement.

     11.      INTERPRETIVE AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

              In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian
     and the Trust may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive
     of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their
     joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement.  Any
     such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by
     both parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such
     interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable
     federal or state regulations or any provision of the governing instruments
     of the Trust.  No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided
     in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this
     Agreement.

     12.      NOTICES

              Notices and other writings delivered or mailed postage prepaid to
     the Trust addressed to 24 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110 or to such
     other address as the Trust may have designated to the Bank, in writing
     with a copy to Eaton Vance Management at 24 Federal Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110, or to Investors Bank & Trust Company, 24 Federal
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 with a copy to Eaton Vance Management
     at 24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, shall be deemed to have
     been properly delivered or given hereunder to the respective addressees.



                                        - 28 -
<PAGE>






     13.      MASSACHUSETTS LAW TO APPLY

              This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof
     interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of
     Massachusetts.

              The Custodian expressly acknowledges the provision in the
     Declaration of Trust of the Trust (Section 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the
     personal liability of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, and the
     Custodian hereby agrees that it shall have recourse to the Trust for
     payment of claims or obligations as between the Trust and the Custodian
     arising out of this Agreement, and the Custodian shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

     14.      ADOPTION OF THE AGREEMENT BY THE TRUST

              The Trust represents that its Board has approved this Agreement
     and has duly authorized the Trust to adopt this Agreement, such adoption
     to be evidenced by a letter agreement between the Trust and the Bank
     reflecting such adoption, which letter agreement shall be dated and signed
     by a duly authorized officer of the Trust and duly authorized officer of
     the Bank.  This Agreement shall be deemed to be duly executed and
     delivered by each of the parties in its name and behalf by its duly
     authorized officer as of the date of such letter agreement, and this
     Agreement shall be deemed to supersede and terminate, as of the date of
     such letter agreement, all prior agreements between the Trust and the Bank
     relating to the custody of the Trust's assets.

                                     * * * * * 
























                                        - 29 -
<PAGE>





















                          SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                                                      

                              PROCEDURES FOR ALLOCATIONS
                                  AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                                     May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE

     ARTICLE I--Introduction   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Definitions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE III--Capital Accounts

              Section 3.1              Capital Accounts of Holders   . . . .   4
              Section 3.2              Book Capital Accounts   . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.3              Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.4              Compliance with Treasury Regulations    5

     ARTICLE IV--Distributions of Cash and Assets

              Section 4.1              Distributions of Distributable Cash     5
              Section 4.2              Division Among Holders  . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.3              Distributions Upon Liquidation of a
                                       Holder's Interest in the Trust  . . .   5
              Section 4.4              Amounts Withheld  . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE V--Allocations

              Section 5.1              Allocation of Items to Book Capital
                                       Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 5.2              Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax
                                       Loss to Tax Capital Accounts  . . . .   6
              Section 5.3              Special Allocations to Book and Tax
                                       Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.4              Other Adjustments to Book and Tax 
                                       Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.5              Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and
                                       Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.6              Redemptions During the Fiscal Year  .   8

     ARTICLE VI--Withdrawals

              Section 6.1              Partial Withdrawals   . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.2              Redemptions   . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.3              Distribution in Kind  . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VII--Liquidation

              Section 7.1              Liquidation Procedure   . . . . . . .   8
              Section 7.2              Alternative Liquidation Procedure   .   9
              Section 7.3              Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation     9
              Section 7.4              Treatment of Negative Book Capital
                                       Account Balance   . . . . . . . . . .   9



                                        - i -
<PAGE>








                                    PROCEDURES FOR
                            ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
                                          OF
                          SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                    (the "Trust")

                                                          

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     INTRODUCTION

              The Trust is treated as a partnership for federal income tax
     purposes. These procedures have been adopted by the Trustees of the Trust
     and will be furnished to the Trust's accountants for the purpose of
     allocating Trust gains, income or loss and distributing Trust assets.  The
     Trust will maintain its books and records, for both book and tax purposes,
     using the accrual method of accounting.

                                     ARTICLE II

                                     DEFINITIONS

              Except as otherwise provided herein, a term referred to herein
     shall have the same meaning as that ascribed to it in the Declaration. 
     References in this document to "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" shall be
     deemed to refer to this document in its entirety rather than the article
     or section in which any such word appears.

              "Book Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time in
     any Fiscal Year, the Book Capital Account balance of the Holder on the
     first day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 3.2 hereof.

              "Capital Contribution" shall mean, with respect to any Holder,
     the amount of money and the Fair Market Value of any assets actually
     contributed from time to time to the Trust with respect to the Interest
     held by such Holder.

              "Code" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding provision
     or provisions of succeeding law).

              "Declaration" shall mean the Trust's Declaration of Trust, dated
     May 1, 1992, as amended from time to time.

              "Designated Expenses" shall mean extraordinary Trust expenses
     attributable to a particular Holder that are to be borne by such Holder.

              "Distributable Cash" for any Fiscal Year shall mean the gross
     cash proceeds from Trust activities, less the portion thereof used to pay
<PAGE>






     or establish Reserves, plus such portion of the Reserves as the Trustees,
     in their sole discretion, no longer deem necessary to be held as Reserves. 
     Distributable Cash shall not be reduced by depreciation, amortization,
     cost recovery deductions, or similar allowances.

              "Fair Market Value" of a security, instrument or other asset on
     any particular day shall mean the fair value thereof as determined in good
     faith by or on behalf of the Trustees in the manner set forth in the
     Registration Statement.

              "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by the
     Trustees which ends on such day as is permitted by the Code.

              "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Interest(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the Trust,
     including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by the
     Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such bases as the Trustees shall from
     time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances.

              "Investments" shall mean all securities, instruments or other
     assets of the Trust of any nature whatsoever, including, but not limited
     to, all equity and debt securities, futures contracts, and all property of
     the Trust obtained by virtue of holding such assets.

              "Matched Income or Loss" shall mean Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt
     Income or Tax Loss of the Trust comprising interest, original issue
     discount and dividends and all other types of income or loss to the extent
     the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income, Tax Loss or Loss items not included
     in Tax Loss arising from such items are recognized for tax purposes at the
     same time that Profit or Loss are accrued for book purposes by the Trust.

              "Net Unrealized Gain" shall mean the excess, if any, of the
     aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments over the aggregate adjusted
     bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all Investments.

              "Net Unrealized Loss" shall mean the excess, if any, of the
     aggregate adjusted bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all
     Investments over the aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments.

              "Profit" and "Loss" shall mean, for each Fiscal Year or other
     period, an amount equal to the Taxable Income or Tax Loss for such Fiscal
     Year or period with the following adjustments:

                      (i)      Any Tax-Exempt Income shall be added to
              such Taxable Income or subtracted from such Tax Loss; and

                      (ii)     Any expenditures of the Trust for such
              year or period described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the

                                        - 2 -
<PAGE>






              Code or treated as expenditures under
              Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code pursuant to Treasury
              Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not
              otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss
              or specially allocated shall be subtracted from such
              Taxable Income or added to such Tax Loss.

              "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of
     a Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero.

              "Registration Statement" shall mean the Registration Statement of
     the Trust on Form N-1A as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
     Commission under the 1940 Act, as the same may be amended from time to
     time.

              "Reserves" shall mean, with respect to any Fiscal Year, funds set
     aside or amounts allocated during such period to reserves which shall be
     maintained in amounts deemed sufficient by the Trustees for working
     capital and to pay taxes, insurance, debt service, renewals, or other
     costs or expenses, incident to the ownership of the Investments or to its
     operations.

              "Tax Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any time in
     any Fiscal Year, the Tax Capital Account balance of the Holder on the
     first day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.

              "Tax-Exempt Income" shall mean income of the Trust for such
     Fiscal Year or period that is exempt from federal income tax and not
     otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss.

              "Tax Lot" shall mean securities or other property which are both
     purchased or acquired, and sold or otherwise disposed of, as a unit.

              "Taxable Income" or "Tax Loss" shall mean the taxable income or
     tax loss of the Trust, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the
     Code, for each Fiscal Year as determined for federal income tax purposes,
     together with each of the Trust's items of income, gain, loss or deduction
     which is separately stated or otherwise not included in computing taxable
     income and tax loss.

              "Treasury Regulations" shall mean the Income Tax Regulations
     promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time
     to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

              "Trust" shall mean South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio, a trust
     fund formed under the laws of the State of New York by the Declaration.

              "Trustees" shall mean each signatory to the Declaration, so long
     as such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the terms
     thereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been

                                        - 3 -
<PAGE>






     duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in accordance
     with the provisions thereof and are then in office.

              The "1940 Act" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of
     1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations
     thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE III

                                  CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

              3.1.    Capital Accounts of Holders.  A separate Book Capital
     Account and a separate Tax Capital Account shall be maintained for each
     Holder pursuant to Section 3.2 and Section 3.3. hereof, respectively.  In
     the event the Trustees shall determine that it is prudent to modify the
     manner in which the Book Capital Accounts or Tax Capital Accounts, or any
     debits or credits thereto, are computed in order to comply with the
     Treasury Regulations, the Trustees may make such modification, provided
     that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts
     distributable to any Holder pursuant to Article VII hereof upon the
     dissolution of the Trust.

              3.2.    Book Capital Accounts.  The Book Capital Account balance
     of each Holder shall be adjusted each day by the following amounts:

              (a)     increased by any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or
     decrease in Net Unrealized Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(a) hereof;

              (b)     decreased by any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or
     increase in Net Unrealized Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(b) hereof; 

              (c)     increased or decreased, as the case may be, by the amount
     of Profit or Loss, respectively, allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(c) hereof;

              (d)     increased by any Capital Contribution made by such
     Holder; and,

              (e)     decreased by any distribution, including any distribution
     to effect a withdrawal or Redemption, made to such Holder by the Trust.

              Any adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2 (a), (b) or (c) above
     shall be prorated for increases in each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance resulting from Capital Contributions, or distributions or
     withdrawals from the Trust or Redemptions by the Trust occurring, during
     such Fiscal Year as of the day after the Capital Contribution,
     distribution, withdrawal or Redemption is accepted, made or effected by
     the Trust.



                                        - 4 -
<PAGE>






              3.3.    Tax Capital Accounts.  The Tax Capital Account balance of
     each Holder shall be adjusted at the following times by the following
     amounts:

              (a)     increased daily by the adjusted tax bases of any Capital
     Contribution made by such Holder to the Trust;

              (b)     increased daily by the amount of Taxable Income and Tax-
     Exempt Income allocated to such Holder pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof at
     such times as the allocations are made under Section 5.2 hereof;

              (c)     decreased daily by the amount of cash distributed to the
     Holder pursuant to any of these procedures including any distribution made
     to effect a withdrawal or Redemption; and

              (d)     decreased by the amount of Tax Loss allocated to such
     Holder pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof at such times as the allocations are
     made under Section 5.2 hereof.

              3.4.    Compliance with Treasury Regulations.  The foregoing
     provisions and other provisions contained herein relating to the
     maintenance of Book Capital Accounts and Tax Capital Accounts are intended
     to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), and shall be
     interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury
     Regulations.

              The Trustees shall make any appropriate modifications in the
     event unanticipated events might otherwise cause these procedures not to
     comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), including the
     requirements described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-
     1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(1) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). 
     Such modifications are hereby incorporated into these procedures by this
     reference as though fully set forth herein.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                           DISTRIBUTIONS OF CASH AND ASSETS

              4.1.    Distributions of Distributable Cash.  Except as otherwise
     provided in Article VII hereof, Distributable Cash for each Fiscal Year
     may be distributed to the Holders at such times, if any, and in such
     amounts as shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Trustees.  In
     exercising such discretion, the Trustees shall distribute such
     Distributable Cash so that Holders that are regulated investment companies
     can comply with the distribution requirements set forth in Code
     Section 852 and avoid the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4982.

              4.2.    Division Among Holders.  All distributions to the Holders
     with respect to any Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof shall be
     made to the Holders in proportion to the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income
     or Tax Loss allocated to the Holders with respect to such Fiscal Year
     pursuant to the terms of these procedures.

                                        - 5 -
<PAGE>






              4.3.    Distributions Upon Liquidation of a Holder's Interest in
     the Trust.  Upon liquidation of a Holder's interest in the Trust, the
     proceeds will be distributed to the Holder as provided in Section 5.6,
     Article VI, and Article VII hereof.  If such Holder has a negative book
     capital account balance, the provisions of Section 7.4 will apply.

              4.4.    Amounts Withheld.  All amounts withheld pursuant to the
     Code or any provision of any state or local tax law with respect to any
     payment or distribution to the Trust or the Holders shall be treated as
     amounts distributed to such Holders pursuant to this Article IV for all
     purposes under these procedures.  The Trustees may allocate any such
     amount among the Holders in any manner that is in accordance with
     applicable law.

                                      ARTICLE V

                                     ALLOCATIONS

              5.1.    Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts. 

              (a)     Increase in Net Unrealized Gains or Decrease in Net
     Unrealized Losses.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Loss due to realization
     of items shall be allocated to the Holder receiving the allocation of
     Loss, in the same amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof.  Subject to Section
     5.1(d) hereof, any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease in Net
     Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in proportion
     to the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (b)     Decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or Increase in Net
     Unrealized Losses.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains due to
     realization of items shall be allocated to the Holder receiving the
     allocation of Profit, in the same amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof. 
     Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof, any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or
     increase in Net Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be
     allocated to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in
     proportion to the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (c)     Profit and Loss.  Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof,
     Profit and Loss occurring on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be
     allocated to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day in
     proportion to the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.  

              (d)     Other Book Capital Account Adjustments.  

                      (i)  Any allocation pursuant to Section 5.1(a),
              (b) or (c) above shall be prorated for increases in each
              Holder's Book Capital Account resulting from Capital
              Contributions, or distributions or withdrawals from the

                                        - 6 -
<PAGE>






              Trust or Redemptions by the Trust occurring, during such
              Fiscal Year as of the day after the Capital Contribution,
              distribution, withdrawal or Redemption is accepted, made
              or effected by the Trust.

                      (ii)  For purposes of determining the Profit,
              Loss, and Net Unrealized Gain or Net Unrealized Loss or
              any other item allocable to any Fiscal Year, Profit,
              Loss, and Net Unrealized Gain or Net Unrealized Loss and
              any such other item shall be determined by or on behalf
              of the Trustees using any reasonable method under Code
              Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

              5.2.    Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax Loss to Tax Capital
                      Accounts.

              (a)     Taxable Income and Tax Loss.  Subject to Section 5.2(b)
     and Section 5.3 hereof, which shall take precedence over this Section
     5.2(a), Taxable Income or Tax Loss for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated
     at least annually to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts as follows:

                      (i)      First, Taxable Income and Tax Loss,
              whether constituting ordinary income (or loss) or capital
              gain (or loss), derived from the sale or other
              disposition of a Tax Lot of securities or other property
              shall be allocated as of the date such income, gain or
              loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes solely
              in proportion to the amount of unrealized appreciation
              (in the case of such income or capital gain, but not in
              the case of any such loss) or depreciation (in the case
              of any such loss, but not in the case of any such income
              or capital gain) from that Tax Lot which was allocated to
              the Holders' Book Capital Accounts each day that such
              securities or other property was held by the Trust
              pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and (b) hereof; and

                      (ii)     Second, any remaining amounts at the end
              of the Fiscal Year, to the Holders in proportion to their
              respective daily average Book Capital Account balances
              determined for the Fiscal Year of the allocation.

              (b)     Matched Income or Loss.  Notwithstanding the provisions
     of Section 5.2(a) hereof, Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income or Tax Loss
     accruing on any day during the Fiscal Year constituting Matched Income or
     Loss, shall be allocated daily to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts solely
     in proportion to and to the extent of corresponding allocations of Profit
     or Loss to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts pursuant to the first
     sentence of Section 5.1(c) hereof.





                                        - 7 -
<PAGE>






              5.3.    Special Allocations to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

              (a)     The Designated Expenses computed for each Holder shall be
     allocated separately (not included in the allocations of Matched Income or
     Loss, Loss or Tax Loss) to the Book Capital Account and Tax Capital
     Account of each Holder.

              (b)     If the Trust incurs any nonrecourse indebtedness, then
     allocations of items attributable to nonrecourse indebtedness shall be
     made to the Tax Capital Account of each Holder in accordance with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(iv)(d).

              (c)     In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury
     Regulations thereunder, Taxable Income and Tax Loss with respect to any
     property contributed to the capital of the Trust shall be allocated to the
     Tax Capital Account of each Holder so as to take into account any
     variation between the adjusted tax basis of such property to the Trust for
     federal income tax purposes and such property's Fair Market Value at the
     time of contribution to the Trust.

              5.4.    Other Adjustments to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

              (a)     Any election or other decision relating to such
     allocations shall be made by the Trustees in any manner that reasonably
     reflects the purpose and intention of these procedures.

              (b)     Each Holder will report its share of Trust income and
     loss for federal income tax purposes in accordance with the allocations
     effected pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof.

              5.5.    Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and Tax Capital
     Accounts.  Allocation of Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income and Tax Loss
     pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof for any Fiscal Year, unless specified above
     to the contrary, shall be made only after corresponding adjustments have
     been made to the Book Capital Accounts of the Holders for the Fiscal Year
     as provided pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

              5.6.    Redemptions During the Fiscal Year.  If a Redemption
     occurs prior to the end of a Fiscal Year, the Trust will treat the Fiscal
     Year as ended for the purposes of computing the redeeming Holder's
     distributive share of Trust items and allocations of all items to such
     Holder will be made as though each Holder were receiving its allocable
     share of Trust items at such time.  All items so allocated to the
     redeeming Holder will be subtracted from the items to be allocated among
     the other non-redeeming Holders at the actual end of the Fiscal Year.  All
     items allocated among the redeeming and non-redeeming Holders will be made
     subject to the rules of Code Sections 702, 704, 706 and 708 and the
     Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.





                                        - 8 -
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE VI

                                     WITHDRAWALS

              6.1.    Partial Withdrawals.  At any time any Holder shall be
     entitled to request a withdrawal of such portion of the Interest held by
     such Holder as such Holder shall request.

              6.2.    Redemptions.  At any time a Holder shall be entitled to
     request a Redemption of all of its Interest.  A Holder's Interest may be
     redeemed at any time during the Fiscal Year as provided in Section 6.3
     hereof by a cash distribution or, at the option of a Holder, by a
     distribution of a proportionate amount except for fractional shares of
     each Trust asset at the option of the Trust.  However, the Holder may be
     redeemed by a distribution of a proportionate amount of the Trust's assets
     only at the end of a Fiscal Year.  However, if the Holder has contributed
     any property to the Trust other than cash, if such property remains in the
     Trust at the time the Holder requests withdrawal, then such property will
     be sold by the Trust prior to the time at which the Holder withdraws from
     the Trust.

              6.3.    Distribution in Kind.  If a withdrawing Holder receives a
     distribution in kind of its proportionate part of Trust property, then
     unrealized income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to such property
     shall be allocated among the Holders as if there had been a disposition of
     the property on the date of distribution in compliance with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e).

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                     LIQUIDATION

              7.1.    Liquidation Procedure.  Subject to Section 7.4 hereof,
     upon dissolution of the Trust, the Trustees shall liquidate the assets of
     the Trust, apply and distribute the proceeds thereof as follows:

              (a)     first to the payment of all debts and obligations of the
     Trust to third parties, including without limitation the retirement of
     outstanding debt, including any debt owed to Holders or their affiliates,
     and the expenses of liquidation, and to the setting up of any Reserves for
     contingencies which may be necessary; and

              (b)     then in accordance with the Holders' positive Book
     Capital Account balances after adjusting Book Capital Accounts for
     allocations provided in Article V hereof and in accordance with the
     requirements described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)
     (ii)(b)(2).

              7.2.    Alternative Liquidation Procedure.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees shall determine that an immediate sale of part
     or all of the Trust assets would cause undue loss to the Holders, the
     Trustees, in order to avoid such loss, may, after having given

                                        - 9 -
<PAGE>






     notification to all the Holders, to the extent not then prohibited by the
     law of any jurisdiction in which the Trust is then formed or qualified and
     applicable in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of and withhold
     from distribution for a reasonable time any assets of the Trust except
     those necessary to satisfy the Trust's debts and obligations or distribute
     the Trust's assets to the Holders in liquidation.

              7.3.    Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation.  Except as provided
     in Section 7.2 hereof, amounts distributed in liquidation of the Trust
     shall be paid solely in cash.

              7.4.    Treatment of Negative Book Capital Account Balance.  If a
     Holder has a negative balance in its Book Capital Account following the
     liquidation of its Interest, as determined after taking into account all
     capital account adjustments for the Fiscal Year during which the
     liquidation occurs, then such Holder shall restore the amount of such
     negative balance to the Trust by the later of the end of the Fiscal Year
     or 90 days after the date of such liquidation so as to comply with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3). 
     Such amount shall, upon liquidation, be paid to creditors of the Trust or
     distributed to other Holders in accordance with their positive Book
     Capital Account balances.































                                        - 10 -
<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                                     AMENDMENT TO
                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT
                                       between 
                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS
                                         and
                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY

              This Amendment, dated as of October 23, 1995, is made to the
     MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") between each investment
     company advised by Boston Management and Research which has adopted the
     Agreement (the "Trusts") and Investors Bank & Trust Company (the
     "Custodian") pursuant to Section 10 of the Agreement.

              The Trusts and the Custodian agree that Section 10 of the
     Agreement shall, as of October 23, 1995, be amended to read as follows:

              Unless otherwise defined herein, terms which are defined in the
     Agreement and used herein are so used as so defined.

     10.      EFFECTIVE PERIOD, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT; SUCCESSOR CUSTODIAN

              This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall
     continue in full force and effect until terminated by either party after
     August 31, 2000 by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed, postage
     prepaid to the other party, such termination to take effect not sooner
     than sixty (60) days after the date of such delivery or mailing; PROVIDED,
     that the Trust may at any time by action of its Board, (i) substitute
     another bank or trust company for the Custodian by giving notice as
     described above to the Custodian in the event the Custodian assigns this
     Agreement to another party without consent of the noninterested Trustees
     of the Trust, or (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of
     the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by the
     Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or by the Banking Commissioner of
     The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or upon the happening of a like event at
     the direction of an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent
     jurisdiction.  Upon termination of the Agreement, the Trust shall pay to
     the Custodian such compensation as may be due as of the date of such
     termination (and shall likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs,
     expenses and disbursements).

              This Agreement may be amended at any time by the written
     agreement of the parties hereto.  If a majority of the non-interested
     trustees of any of the Trusts determines that the performance of the
     Custodian has been unsatisfactory or adverse to the interests of Trust
     holders of any Trust or Trusts or that the terms of the Agreement are no
     longer consistent with publicly available industry standards, then the
     Trust or Trusts shall give written notice to the Custodian of such
     determination and the Custodian shall have 60 days to (1) correct such
     performance to the satisfaction of the non-interested trustees or (2)
     renegotiate terms which are satisfactory to the non-interested trustees of
     the Trusts.  If the conditions of the preceding sentence are not met then
     the Trust or Trusts may terminate this Agreement on sixty (60) days
     written notice.
<PAGE>






              The Board of the Trust shall, forthwith, upon giving or receiving
     notice of termination of this Agreement, appoint as successor custodian, a
     bank or trust company having the qualifications required by the Investment
     Company Act of 1940 and the Rules thereunder.  The Bank, as Custodian,
     Agent or otherwise, shall, upon termination of the Agreement, deliver to
     such successor custodian, all securities then held hereunder and all funds
     or other properties of the Trust deposited with or held by the Bank
     hereunder and all books of account and records kept by the Bank pursuant
     to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank relative thereto. 
     In the event that no written order designating a successor custodian shall
     have been delivered to the Bank on or before the date when such
     termination shall become effective, then the Bank shall not deliver the
     securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the Trust but shall
     have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company doing business in
     Boston, Massachusetts of its own selection meeting the above required
     qualifications, all funds, securities and properties of the Trust held by
     or deposited with the Bank, and all books of account and records kept by
     the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank
     relative thereto.  Thereafter such bank or trust company shall be the
     successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.

              Except as expressly provided herein, the Agreement shall remain
     unchanged and in full force and effect.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment
     to be executed by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year
     first above written.

              Alabama Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Tax Free Portfolio
              Arkansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Cash Management Portfolio
              Colorado Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Insured Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Tax Free Portfolio
              Georgia Tax Free Portfolio
              Government Obligations Portfolio
              Growth Portfolio
              Hawaii Tax Free Portfolio
              High Yield Municipals Portfolio
              Investors Portfolio
              Kansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Kentucky Tax Free Portfolio
              Louisiana Tax Free Portfolio
              Maryland Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Tax Free Portfolio
              Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio
              Mississippi Tax Free Portfolio
              Missouri Tax Free Portfolio
              National Municipals Portfolio
              New Jersey Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Tax Free Portfolio
<PAGE>






              North Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Tax Free Portfolio
              Oregon Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio
              Rhode Island Tax Free Portfolio
              South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Special Investment Portfolio
              Stock Portfolio
              Strategic Income Portfolio
              Tax Free Reserves Portfolio
              Tennessee Tax Free Portfolio
              Texas Tax Free Portfolio
              Total Return Portfolio
              Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              West Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              California Tax Free Portfolio
              California Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              National Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New Jersey Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              North Carolina Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Virginia Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio


                                       By:   /s/James L. O'Connor       
                                          ------------------------------
                                                James L. O'Connor
                                                Treasurer


                                       INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                                       By:   /s/Michael F. Rogers       
                                          ------------------------------
                                                Michael F. Rogers
<PAGE>

<PAGE>


     Eaton Vance Municipals Trust
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA  02110
     (617) 482-8260


                                       November 19, 1993




     South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA  02110


     Ladies and Gentlemen:


              With respect to our purchase from you, at the purchase price of
     $100,000, of an interest (an "Initial Interest") in South Carolina Tax
     Free Portfolio (the "Portfolio"), we hereby advise you that we are
     purchasing such Initial Interest for investment purposes without any
     present intention of redeeming or reselling.

              The amount paid by the Portfolio on any withdrawal by us of any
     portion of such Initial Interest will be reduced by a portion of any
     unamortized organization expenses, determined by the proportion of the
     amount of such Initial Interest withdrawn to the aggregate Initial
     Interests of all holders of similar Initial Interests then outstanding
     after taking into account any prior withdrawals of any such Initial
     Interest.


                                       Very truly yours,


                                       EATON VANCE MUNICIPALS TRUST
                                       (on behalf of Eaton Vance 
                                       South Carolina Tax Free Fund)


                                       By/s/James G. Baur           
                                         ---------------------------
                                                President
<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 6
<CIK> 0000916018
<NAME> SOUTH CAROLINA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          AUG-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               AUG-31-1995
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                            60604
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                           62948
<RECEIVABLES>                                     1152
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                       8
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                               923
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   65028
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                         3616
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                               3616
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                         59068
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                                0
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                                0
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                            0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                              0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                          2344
<NET-ASSETS>                                     61412
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                                    0
<INTEREST-INCOME>                                 3792
<OTHER-INCOME>                                       0
<EXPENSES-NET>                                     266
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                           3526
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                        (4028)
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                         4267
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                             3765
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                            0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                             0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                              0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                          0
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                                  0
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                           (853)
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                            0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                              198
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                    266
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                             60735
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                                0
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                      0
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                              0
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                            0
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                                  0
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      0
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        
<PAGE>
</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission